Engineering Review July 2013

Volume 13 No.3 A MONTHLY MAGAZINE ON ENGINEERING & ALLIED INDUSTRY July 2013 ` 150 RNI NO. MAHENG/2004/15135 www.engrreview.com

Mr. T.P. Singh - Director (Sales), Handheld Commercial Systems FLIR Systems India Pvt. Ltd. Pg. No. 70-72

FLIR :

Global leadership in thermal imaging technology IN

FOCUS

An exclusive technology overview of power & automation industry (Refer Pg.12)

s

SINAMICS V20 The cost-effective, reliable and easy-to-use drive for general applications www.siemens.com/sinamics-v20

• Easy to install • Easy to use • Easy to save money The SINAMICS V20 drive is designed to provide precise and cost-effective speed control of three-phase AC induction motors. With output range of 0.12-3.0kW (1 AC, 200-240V), 0.37-15kW (3 AC 380-480V) and various innovative features, SINAMICS V20 is a perfect solution for various general applications such as HVAC, textile, conveyor, mills, mixers, Kneaders etc.

For more details: E-mail: drives.india@siemens.com Tel: 022-33265884/5893

Answers for industry.

Volume 13 No.3

July 2013 ` 150

A MONTHLY MAGAZINE ON ENGINEERING & ALLIED INDUSTRY

E-Z setup

Super-Speed milling

Super-Speed Edition

Repeat (max profit)

VF-2SS | Super-Speed Vertical | Affordable Haas Price

Haas Factory Outlet – India locations

Simple. Innovation.

Sales: Ahmedabad: 079- 079 32405007, Bangalore: 080-41179452/53, Chennai: 044 - 65156052, Coimbatore: 0422-2413924 Delhi: 9312-909801, Kolhapur: 0231-2677979, Mumbai: 022-61321500, Pune: 020-32935433

Service: North: 09312550550, West (Guj) and Central: 09376150150, West (Mah) and east: 09325150150, South: 080-41179452/53 Haas Automation IndIA

I

Tel: (91) 22 61392800, 66098830

I

indiasales@haascnc.com

I

www.HaasCNC.com

Totally Integrated Efficient Engineering Solutions

Electrical design engineering software

Control cabinet engineering in 3D

Engineering soft (Hydraulic, pneu

EPLAN, Part of Friedhelm Loh Group and 100% subsidiary of Rittal International.

EPLAN India started its operation in the year 2000. Worldwide EPLAN provides support to it's 35,000 customers & 95,000 license installation with more than 1500 licenses in India.

Faster Engineering Error Free Design Automatic Documentation Concurrent Engineering

Head Office : Bangalore, Branch office: Mumbai, Chennai, Noida, Pune

080-41515497

info@eplan.in

www.eplan.in

tware for Fluid power umatic, lubrication, cooling)

Instrumentation & PCT engineering for process automation

Process & Instrumentation Diagram

If you are in the electrical business, then displaying your capabilities at ELECRAMA is a must. It is the single largest confluence of the electrical industry under one roof.

ELECRAMA provides a display window to the widest range of electrical equipment, opening up huge business opportunities. ELECRAMA is also a global platform for technology exchange.

www.elecrama.com/pdf/IndianApplicationForm.pdf

If you are a power equipment manufacturer, trader, power utility consultant, academic, policy maker or even a futurist, this is one place you need to be.

www.elecrama.com/VisitorRegistrationForm.aspx

A MATCHLESS CONFLUENCE OF TECHNOLOGY, TRADE AND NEW BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES THRIVING BUSINESS NETWORKS

TECHNOLOGY EXCHANGE

INNOVATION DAY

2014 www.ieema-rbsm.in ELECRAMA-2014 features CHANGEXCHANGE - THE REVERSE BUYER SELLER MEET (RBSM) which will attract 450 overseas buyers from select high growth regions around the world.

In the 2012 RBSM edition, 276 overseas buyers and 683 Indian sellers attended this mega RBSM and handled an estimated US$200 Million worth of business enquiries.

www.trafotech2014.ieema.org

www.ei14.elecrama.com

International technology conferences and events with global participants. ELECRAMA-2014 will feature two international conferences.

The students pavilion features the brightest student minds in engineering showcasing innovative solutions for the future in electrical and allied engineering.

Engineer Infinite is a student project competition that encourages students to apply their academic learning to practical problems.

> INTERNATIONAL T&D CONCLAVE > TRAFOTECH - International Conference on Transformers

34,000 SQ.MTS ALREADY SOLD. DON’T MISS THIS MEGA OPPORTUNITY! IF POWER IS YOUR BUSINESS, ELECRAMA-2014 IS THE PLACE TO BE Supported by Ministry of Power Department of Heavy Industry (DHI), Ministry of Heavy Industries & Public Enterprises Ministry of Commerce & Industry (for RBSM) GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

Email: elecrama@ieema.org

Website: www.elecrama.com

www.ieema.org

BUSINESS NEWS

Renishaw HS20 laser encoder provides long term support for critical applications

E

MO 2013 will see the launch of a thoroughly updated successor to Renishaw’s long established HS10 long range laser encoder which, with a range of up to 60 m, has found multiple applications on large machine tools for the aerospace industry.

With many HS10s sold in the 1990s coming to the end of their serviceable lives, Renishaw has shown its commitment to this market through the introduction of the new HS20. This is a ‘drop-in’ replacement for the existing HS10 product, essential for existing users to minimise installation issues.

Inside, the product is totally revised, using many proven components from Renishaw’s current XL-80 calibration laser. PCBs use the latest surface mount technology (produced in-house at Renishaw) for greater robustness and reliability.

HS20 also provides for external setting of configuration switches and an additional dedicated 24 volt power input for installations where there is significant distance between the laser and Renishaw’s RCU10 realtime quadrature compensator units; avoiding the ‘power drop’ associated with multi-core cables. The RCU10 units allow accuracy to be maintained even under varying environmental conditions.

Background

Determining any machine tool’s capabilities before machining and subsequent post-process part inspection

2

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

can greatly reduce the possibility of scrap and machine downtime; resulting in lower manufacturing costs.

On large machine tools (commonly found in aerospace and marine industries) this is even more so due to the size and cost of components being produced (inherent material cost plus the included cost of very stringent quality assurance & control procedures) and the cost of the machining process (many hours use of a very expensive machine). At the same time traditional linear scales can be difficult to lay accurately, are prone to the effects of thermal expansion and can be costly over long distances.

Laser encoders, however, bring the precision of laser measurement normally associated with calibration lasers directly to the machine tool.

Their measurements are independent of machine thermal expansion and in use they deliver extremely high repeatability and reliability.

Installation, set-up and alignment are straight forward.

The introduction of new large machines for aerospace applications (including high pressure water jet cutters for composite panels) means there is an ongoing market for new laser encoder systems and Renishaw is meeting this challenge with the HS20 laser encoder, ensuring ongoing support for this specialised sector of the machine tool market.

For more information about Renishaw’s HS20 long range laser encoder can be found at Web: www.renishaw.com/HS20

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

New General Manager in Atlas Copco Compressor Technique customer center Atlas Copco has recently appointed Ignace Cappuyns as General Manager of the company’s Compressor Technique customer center in India.

Ignace Cappuyns - General Manager, Atlas Copco

4

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

I

gnace Cappuyns holds a master’s degree in electromechanical engineering from KU Leuven, Belgium. Ignace joined Atlas Copco as a product engineer in 1989 at Antwerp, Belgium. In 1999, he moved to France and held the position of general manager.

After several successful years as the general manager in France, Greece and Australia, he moved to Antwerp and was promoted to vice president marketing – Oil-free Air Division in 2007 and then business development manager for Oil-free Air Division in 2010.

“We are delighted to have Ignace join us to lead Compressor Technique customer center in India.

Ignace is a seasoned professional with a proven track record of success. His enormous experience and customer focus will steer the business towards continued growth.” commented Peter Wagner, President, Gas and Process Division. Ignace comments, “I am looking forward to working with the people in India and developing the company.

The potential in India is large.

Our challenge will be to realize it. I feel we have good possibilities to develop. It will be matter of integrating the Atlas Copco way of doing business with the realities of the Indian market. On a personal level I look forward to discovering exotic India with my wife and children.” Atlas Copco is an industrial group with worldleading positions in compressors, ex-

panders and air treatment systems, construction and mining equipment, power tools and assembly systems.

With innovative products and services, Atlas Copco delivers solutions for sustainable productivity. The company was founded in 1873, is based in Stockholm, Sweden, and has a global reach spanning more than 170 countries. In 2012, Atlas Copco had 39 800 employees and revenues of BSEK 90.5 (BEUR 10.5).

Atlas Copco’s Compressor Technique business area provides industrial compressors, gas and process compressors and expanders, air and gas treatment equipment and air management systems. It has a global service network and offers specialty rental services. Compressor Technique innovates for sustainable productivity in the manufacturing, oil and gas, and process industries.

Principal product development and manufacturing units are located in Belgium, Germany, the United States, China and India.

Atlas Copco (India) Ltd. started operations in 1960, and has 22 offices across India, the registered office being at Pune. In 2011, Atlas Copco (India) Ltd. had about 2 500 employees and in the period from 1st January 2011 to 31st March 2012, revenues of INR 2 600 cr (MEUR 400).

For more information Web: www.atlascopco.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

C&S Electric completes on time the commissioning of Rooftop Solar PV Power Plant at Police HQ , Sector-9, Chandigarh

C

&S Electric Solar PV Power Division completed successful commissioning of 25 KWp Rooftop Solar PV Power Plant at Police HQ , Sector-9 , Chandigarh on 27th June, 2013 in presence of CEO CREST and DIG Police . C&S completed this installation in the committed timeline.

The plant has started exporting power to the building. The project is commissioned under CREST (Chandigarh Renewal Energy, Science & Technology Promotion Society) initiatives of converting Chandigarh in to a solar city.

The PV Power Plant uses high efficiency mono-crystalline PV Modules of zero negative tolerance in tandem with high efficiency string inverters. The module mounting structures are robust , designed to withstand 200 KM/hr wind speed and yet aesthetic in appearance.

Recently C&S Electric Solar EPC division completed 40KWp capacity solar PV Power roof top system installation & synchronization

6

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

at Indian Institute of science and Education Research (IIESR) ahead of time. In addition to the above, ten more rooftop Solar PV Power Plants will be commissioned by C&S Electric at Chandigarh shortly.

Moreover, C&S Solar Division has completed 2 years of successful operation of its 1 MWp Solar PV Power Plant in Haryana with excellent results achieving a PR exceeding 80%.

C&S Electric Ltd. is amongst the leading manufacturer of electrical equipment in India and is India’s largest exporter of industrial switchgear. Its wide range of electrical and electronic products find application in power generation, distribution, control, protection and final consumption.

C&S Electric’s Solar PV Power Division is undertaking total solutions for Solar Projects on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) basis. It is offering total solutions for utility scale PV Power Plants from concept to commissioning on turnkey basis with Crystalline technologies for both ground mounted and rooftops to world class standards.

For more information Web: www.cselectric.co.in

www.engrreview.com

THE NEW HIGH SPEED X65 CONVEYOR SYSTEM The new generation X65 conveyor helps you lower your Total Cost of Ownership – at the same time as you increase your capacity and flexibility towards new products and processes.

Installation and ramp-up is quick and straightforward, while operation is more energy-efficient and requires less maintenance than today’s standard.

flexlink.com

What’s more, the X65 conveyor is far quieter even at high speeds.

Contact us to find out exactly what this new value will mean to you and your business.

You may reach FlexLink Systems India Pvt.Ltd. at info.in@flexlink.com or call on 0124-427 8844 / 427 8856.

BUSINESS NEWS

DNV KEMA releases floating offshore wind turbine structures standard

D

“A prerequisite for the industry to continue to grow and develop effectively is development of design standards…they are essential to ensure a consistent and appropriate level of safety in design, construction and operation of floating wind turbines. This will increase confidence in the technology and hopefully make more projects bankable.” – Johan Sandberg, Head f Renewable Energy at DNV KEMA, Norway and project sponsor.

8

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

NV KEMA has released its new standard for floating offshore wind turbine structures that will help ensure safety and reliability in floating wind turbines, and give the nascent floating-turbine sector the confidence to continue its development to commercial maturity.

In response to the fastexpanding offshore wind market, DNV KEMA, the energy arm of DNV, has developed a new standard that will help accelerate the development of a new generation of floating offshore wind turbines by establishing design requirements for the floating structure and related systems.

According to Johan Sandberg, head of renewable energy at DNV KEMA, Norway and project sponsor, the standard covers a broad range of issues, including safety philosophy and design principles; site conditions, loads and response; materials and corrosion protection; structural design; design of anchor foundations; floating stability; station keeping; control and mechanical systems; transport and installation; in-service inspection and cable design.

“As demand for wind energy increases, we predict offshore deployments will continue to move into deeper waters and, consequently, there’s a need to establish design standards that will help ensure safety, reliability, and confidence in future wind turbines,” he says. “To that end, the new standard, developed as a Joint Industry Project (JIP) with 10 participating companies, aims to

spur progress in floating offshore wind through a framework for best practices and technical requirements, plus producing guidance for design, construction and in-service inspection.”

Sandberg notes that many densely populated coastal areas around the world are not suitable for traditional bottom-fixed offshore wind turbines. In other areas, the shallow water coast is already developed or challenging seabed conditions makes bottom-fixed offshore wind unsuitable. Also, local communities have been known to oppose projects due to negative visual impacts.

“Recent successful deployments of full-scale prototype con¬figurations have demonstrated that floating wind turbines can be a viable alternative and the market is taking notice. Several companies and research institutes worldwide are already engaged in developing research programs, pilot projects and even planning for commercial development of floating wind farms,” he says.

For various reasons, countries like Japan and the U.S. have also made offshore wind energy one focus of their energy policy. According to Sandberg a tricky point in the development of offshore wind around the coastal belts of these countries, like the majority of coastal belts around the world, is that water depths can range from dozens to hundreds of metres. This situation demands new technology so in both Continue on page no.16

www.engrreview.com

IN C O VFE O R S TC OU RY S

Contents

ENGINEERING

REVIEW

Monthly Magazine On Engineering & Allied Industry

Publisher Shilpa Kadam

FLIR : Global leadership in thermal imaging technology

CEO Shekhar Dongre Editor Rajeev lyer CMO Shirish Dongre Advisory Board (Editorial) Mr. T. P. Singh Director-S&M, FLIR Systems India Pvt Limited Mr. Vijay Pimparkar GM, Godrej & Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd.

Mr. T. P. Singh - Director (Sales), Handheld Commercial Systems, FLIR Systems India Pvt. Ltd.

70 - 72

FACE TO FACE

PROFILE

104 “Today, India has one of the highest potentials for the effective use of renewable energy resources” Mr. Aaditya R. Dhoot Jt.Managing Director , IMP POWERS LTD.

107

112 Supreme : Extending110 the growth horizon

“There is a tremendous scope for growth of instrumentation in India” : Mr. C. S. Limaye - Director , Supertech Instrumentation Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.

SUCCESS STORY 138

BUSINESS NEWS

2

Renishaw HS20 laser encoder provides long term support for critical applications

4

New General Manager in Atlas Copco Compressor Technique customer center

6

C&S Electric completes on time the commissioning of Rooftop Solar PV Power Plant at Police HQ , Sector-9, Chandigarh

Mr. Gautam Kulkarni CEO, Hafi Elektra Pvt. Ltd Marketing Team : Ladoji Pendurkar, Bhavin Shah, Bharat Shah, A.Purohit, Vinod Surve, Kavita Chaudhari Designer & Layout Arun P. Shinde, Pradeep M. Pillalamarri, Dinesh S. Gawade Circulation Executive Satish Kadam, Amol Ranshur

ENGINEERING REVIEW : Head Office : Divya Publications, 3rd Floor, Harmony Building, Netaji Subhash Road, Court Naka, Thane (W) Thane-400 602 Maharashtra Tel: +91 22-25380574/75 Telefax: +91-22-25418254 E-mail: shekhar@engrreview.com, Website: www.engrreview.com.

Branch Offices (Zonal): NORTH (Delhi & NCR regions) : Sandesh Jain : 09810837877 SOUTH (Chennai & Coimbatore) Y. V. Raghu : 09566141224 Bangalore - M.S.Cariappa : 9844123995 Kochi - Sanjeev Nair : 09846249568 EAST (Kolkata & Other regions) S. Roy - 09433097806 WEST (Maharashtra & Gujarat) Pune - S.Kadam - 09833373371 Gujarat - Dinesh Shah - 9327344559 Rajkot (Saurashtra) Swapnil Bhatia: 09227909005

ENGINEERING REVIEW Overseas Offices

Making the most of Metallurgy: Mr. P. T. Bindagi

PRODUCT REVIEW - 207 PROJECT UPDATES - 225

18

ElectroMech : The shining beckon

28

ExxonMobil organises ‘UDAAN’: A special initiative for its customers in Rajasthan

48

JUNKER to present lean selection all round with three grinding spindles at EMO 2013

FOR ADVERTISING ENQUIRY CONTACT : E-mail: shekhar@engrreview.com

USA : Nancy TARTAGLIONE, Mepax USA n.tartaglione@mepax.com / usa@mepax.com

GERMANY: Sebastian OLLIER Mepax Deutschland, Tel: +49 711 222 54 456, deutschland@mepax.com

FRANCE: MEPAX SA, Romain CLASS Tel.: +33 1 39 02 77 78, FRANCE

SPAIN: Sofiane JEDIDI Mepax España Tel : +34 963 255 886, spain@mepax.com

ITALY: Valeria VILLANI Tel.: +39 339 8610117, Via Firenze, Milano, Italia

UK: Liz Jones Tel: +44 (0)1227 276016 , l.jones@mepax.com

RUSSIA: Garri ZALTS Mepax Russia Tel: +7 495 576-7666 / gizalec@yandex.ru

CHINA/South Korea/Taiwan: Mepax - Konaxis Shanghai Julien PENARD Tel : (+86) 21 6252 2731/ china@mepax.com

www.engrreview.com

All rights reserved. No part of this magazine may be reproduced in any form without the permission of the Editor. ENGINEERING REVIEW is owned, printed & published by Shilpa Kadam, published from 3rd Floor, Harmony Building, Netaji Subhash Road, Court Naka, Thane (W) Thane-400 602 Tel: +91 22-25380574/75 Telefax: +91-22-25418254, Editor : Rajeev lyer. Important : Whilst care is taken prior to acceptance of advertising copy, it is not possible to verify its contents. ENGINEERING REVIEW can not be held responsible for such contents, nor if any losses or damages incurred as a result of transactions with companies, association or individuals advertising in the publications. Articles, interviews published in ENGINEERING REVIEW are the personal vie-ws and expressions of its authors. ENGINEERING REVIEW does not necessarily agree to it. ENGINEERING REVIEW can not be held res-ponsible for such articles / interviews.

We therefore recommend that readers make necessary enquiries before sending any money or entering into any agreements with advertisers or otherwise act-ing on an advertisement in any matter whatsoever.

12

| ENGINEERING REVIEW |

July 2013

www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE Praj’s breakthrough technology helps to resolve textile pollution issue at Tirupur

Lapp India launches Lappexperience centre in Bangalore 50

54

Konecranes introduces Automated RTG system

80

World’s largest T&D confluence ELECRAMA comes to Bangalore

88

82

94

Red Lion Controls raises industry bar for HMIs with new graphite™ series

“We need to build a brand India in the global electrical equipment domain”

TECHNOLOGY UPDATES HAAS : He217

AUTOMATION & PACKAGING - By Prof. R. Sreedaran

114

126

122 120

123

Barcode scanning solutionvalidates pallet labelsto comply with GS1 standards & ensure supply chain traceability

130

Atlas Copco introduces compact compressor technology with breakthrough energy-efficiency

SAFEXPRESS : The plant of the matter

Thermal imaging cameras for substation monitoring

128

TECHNOLOGY TRENDS

132 172

PC|SCHEMATIC Automation

Seven common KPIs for production monitoring

174

155 POWER SECTION 163 AUTOMATION SECTION | ENGINEERING REVIEW |

174

New X65 conveyor platform

EDITORIAL SECTION

14

Optimising out put of DG SETS

July 2013

116

No More Seizing / Jamming 177

Tokai Engineering expands its in-house measurement capabilities with FARO

Energising Smart Grid with Analytics 195

www.engrreview.com

POWER & AUTOMATION SPECIAL

Contents

Automation Substation Ad 2 210x297.indd 1

7/26/13 11:27 AM

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.8 Japan and the U.S., ideas are turning to floating structures for wind turbines. “It is now time to take the next step: standardization. A new standard can increase the confidence in the industry and hopefully attract new investors to this new renewable energy technology,” says Sandberg.

“The decades of expertise that DNV has amassed in the standardization of maritime offshore oil & gas, and onshore and offshore wind is invaluable for the development of standards for floating offshore wind structures.”

The new standard for floating wind structures, devised under DNV KEMA’s leadership through project manager Anne Lene Hopstad and technical specialist Knut Ronold supplements the developed DNV Guideline for Offshore Floating Wind Turbine Structures, and the existing standard DNV-OS-J101 Design of Offshore Wind Turbine Structures.

Standard development in brief

In September 2011, DNV initiated a Joint Industry Project (JIP) for the development of the DNV standard for design of floating wind turbine structures. Eleven of the world’s leading players in the wind industry (from Europe, US and Asia) participated in this JIP. The new standard is a supplement to the existing DNV-OS-J101 The JIP focuses on floater specific design issues: suitable safety levels, reliability-based calibration of safety factors, global performance stability, station keeping, site conditions in relation to low frequency floater motions, necessary simulation periods, higher order responses

16

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

and design of floater-specific structural components.The JIP secured quality assurance through a technical reference group where each JIP participant had a representative. The standard has recently been issued after internal and external hearings.

The technical standard embodies collective industry experience and represents a fully-fledged reference code which supplements existing offshore wind turbine structure codes that do not cover floating units.

The 10 participants in the JIP study are Statoil, Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Corporation, Sasebo Heavy Industries, STX Offshore & Shipbuilding, Navantia, Gamesa, Iberdrola, Alstom Wind, Glosten Associates and Principle Power.

DNV KEMA in brief

DNV KEMA Energy & Sustainability is a global authority in business and technical consultancy, testing and inspection, emissions reductions, certification, and risk management across the energy value-chain.

In a world of increasing demand for energy, DNV KEMA has a major role to play in ensuring the availability, reliability, sustainability and profitability of energy and related products and processes. We combine unique expertise and facilities, in order to add value to our customers in the field of risk, performance and quality management.

With over 2,300 experts in more than 30 countries around the world, DNV KEMA is committed to driving the global transition toward a safe, reliable, efficient, and clean energy future. DNV KEMA is one of three companies in the DNV Group, alongside DNV Maritime and Oil & Gas and DNV Business Assurance.

Wind Structure : As demand for wind energy increases, offshore deployments are continuing to move into deeper waters

For more information, contact communications manager Stuart Brewer.

Web: www.dnvkema.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

ElectroMech : The shining beckon

Mr. Tushar MehendaleManaging Director, ElectroMech

18

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

E

lectroMech is a leading brand in engineering, manufacturing, and servicing Industrial, Overhead Cranes, Electric wire rope hoists and customized material handling solutions. ElectroMech consults clients in all aspects from structural design to special attachments to create wellengineered hoisting and moving solutions.

ElectroMech has come a long way since its inception in 1979. Under able leadership, ElectroMech is charting exponential growth. True to its vision, ElectroMech is constantly engaged in innovations to upgrade their products in order to match the current world class standards.

ElectroMech has a partnership with global MHE majors like ABUS Kranesysteme (Germany), STAHL Kranesystems (Germany) and Zoomlion.

Today, ElectroMech ranks amongst one of the premier manufacturers of crane & hoists in the Indian sub-continent. In terms of volumes of industrial cranes manufactured

annually, ElectroMech is the leader.

The management is keen to extend this reputation to the global stage as well.

ElectroMech is not simply a manufacturer or seller of cranes, but looks at the client needs holistically and focuses on providing a “ well-engineered” turnkey hoisting solution.

ElectroMech’s partnership with their clients does not end with the commissioning and installation of hoisting solutions, but they also help clients with the on-going care, repairs, and modernizations of their hoisting solutions (whether manufactured by ElectroMech or not) in a cost effective manner. ElectroMech differentiates between ‘technology’ and ‘ solution’. While the technology is used to find a unique and reliable solution to the clients’ hoisting needs, ‘ solution’ also consists of meeting clients’ business needs around project costs, top-line impact, bottom-line impact, and overall “total cost of solution Continue on page no.22

www.engrreview.com

Do you need Entry-Level Color Vision System?

The In-Sight® 7010C is a compact, entry-level color vision system that can distinguish parts by color. The intuitive EasyBuilder® interface includes pattern finding and measurement tools as well as color identification.

The entire lineup of In-Sight 7000 color models also features autofocus, integrated lighting and more!

www.cognex.com Cognex Sensors India Pvt. Ltd., Regus Level 6, Pentagon Towers P II, Magarphatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411 028. INDIA. Mobile: +91 98814 66003 • Tel.: +91 20 4014 7840 • email: vaggu.sunil@cognex.in

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.18

ownership”. ElectroMech’s service is geared to ensure that client investments in hoisting solutions continue to deliver business value over extended period of time. ElectroMech emphasizes continued training of its engineers to equip them with the latest knowledge which is backed with a wide network and extensive inventory of spare parts.

Tushar Mehendale – Managing Director, ElectroMech

Tushar Mehendale BE (Mechanical Engineering) from Government College of Engineering, Pune (COEP) brings to ElectroMech not only engineering penchant & drive but also the vision of customer focus and service. Following his graduation from COEP, Mr. Mehendale went on to acquire a MS degree from University of Wisconsin, USA in Manufacturing Systems, Engineering & Engineering Management.

His craving for knowledge encouraged him to acquire executive education from prestigious institutes like Indian School of Business, Hyderabad & Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad in Venture Capitalist Development Program and Small & Medium Enterprise Program

22

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

respectively. Prior to his return to India to take over the reins of ElectroMech he worked as a Software Production Consultant on integrating proprietary decision support system at Ohio Department of Health Services, Columbus, Ohio, USA for a period of six months. Additionally, he has also worked as a Teaching & Project Assistant with University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA to subsidize his educational expenses.

Tushar at the age of 24, took over the management responsibility of ElectroMech in January 2000 after the sudden demise of his father Mr. Vinayak Mehendale. Tushar looks after the entire management of the company and is responsible for the overall coordination of Manufacturing, Design, Sales, Marketing, Administration, Finance, HumanmResources & Planning departments.

In addition to this Tushar has established a proactive Sales & Service network across India and a marketing set up in the Middle East with a branch in Dubai. He has been responsible for setting up the largest crane manufacturing facility in the country spread over an area of 10,000 sq meters at Pirangut, near Pune.

Under Tushar’s able leadership ElectroMech has forayed into the global markets and forged strategic alliances with multinational crane & related component manufacturing companies, for mutually beneficial trading activities. Under his aegis, the company also achieved ISO 9001 - 2000 certification and an award for Export Excellence from Engineering Export Promotion Council (EEPC).

Today ElectroMech is the largest manufacturer of industrial cranes in the country in terms of volume.

For more information Web: www.emech.co.in

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Emerson network power forms strategic alliance with NxtGen Datacenter & Cloud Services Ltd. The partnership will deliver Emerson Network Power’s integrated Smart Solutions data center infrastructure products with NxtGen’s On-Premises Datacenter services (OPDC(TM)) to customers across India

Mr. Sunil Khanna, President & MD, Emerson Network Power in India

24

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

E

merson Network Power, a business of Emerson (NYSE: EMR) and a global leader in maximizing availability, capacity and efficiency of critical infrastructure, has announced an alliance partnership with NxtGen,an industry leader in data center and cloud technologies and services.

Customers are seeking to add more computing power while reducing costs and increasing efficiencies, adopting virtualisation technologies. As IT becomes mission critical for businesses, they need on premises 24x7 services and support to ensure continued uptime.

Emerson Network Power along with NxtGen will provide Smart Solutions that will address these and future needs by adopting a modular and highly energy efficient design, and enable 24x7 proactive monitoring and support to customers across India.

NxtGen will work with customers to deploy Emerson Network Power’s SmartCabinet™ and SmartRow™ offerings from the Smart Solutions family through its team of certified sales and service representatives, trained for an exceptional level of specialist consultancy and its partner network for customers across India. Further NxtGen is using Emerson Network Power’s Liebert RDU monitoring tools, connecting to these Smart Solution deployments to ensure high availability and efficiency through

round-the-clock central management from its state-of-the-art Central Command Center in Bangalore. This approach will eliminate customers’ design, sourcing and maintaining efforts, enabling them to focus on their primary business goals.

Commenting on the partnership, Sunil Khanna, president and managing director for Emerson Network Power in India said, “Emerson Network Power has built strong partnerships in the past that have helped us become a major player in the medium and large-sized data center infrastructure market. In line with the market’s preparedness for rapidly deployable solutions for the data center, our focus is on improving the time-to-market. The partnership with NxtGen to deliver our Smart Solutions to businesses across India is a strong move in the direction.”

AS Rajgopal, managing director of NxtGen said, “Today most organizations’ core operations run on IT platforms placed in data centers and their availability determines major business outcomes.

Also companies are increasingly becoming cost conscious not only on the initial setup of data centers but also on the ongoing costs to operate as energy prices keep increasing. Emerson’s Smart Solutions along with NxtGen’s OPDC(TM) services are a winning combination for our customers by providing build as you need, with high efficiency and high availability IT infrastructure. At NxtGen, we www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

are committed to understanding customer’s IT infrastructure requirements and bringing worldclass solutions to them. Our strategic collaboration with Emerson Network Power will enable us to offer the right solutions for our customers along with our value-added consultancy and support services.”

About Emerson Network Power Mr. A. S. Rajgopal, Founder & MD, NxtGen

Emerson Network Power, a business of Emerson, delivers software, hardware, and services that maximize availability, capacity, and efficiency for data centers and healthcare and industrial facilities. A trusted industry leader in smart infrastructure technologies, Emerson Network Power provides innovative data center infrastructure management solutions that bridge the gap between IT and facility management and deliver efficiency and uncompromised availability regardless of capacity demands.

Our solutions are supported globally by local Emerson Network Power service technicians. Learn more about Emerson Network Power products and services at www.

EmersonNetworkPower.com

About Emerson

Emerson (NYSE: EMR), based in St. Louis, Missouri (USA), is a global leader in bringing technology and engineering together to provide innovative solutions for customers in industrial, commercial, and consumer markets around the world. The company is comprised of five business segments: Process Management, Industrial Automation, Network Power, Climate Technologies, and Commercial & Residential Solutions. www.engrreview.com

Sales in fiscal 2012 were $24.4 billion.

NxtGen Datacenter & Cloud Services Ltd

NxtGen, based in Bangalore (India), is a specialist IT infrastructure services provider led by professionals with over 100 years of combined experience in the IT industry worldwide with a deep understanding of the business and technologies involved. NxtGen’s biggest differentiator is its delivery model. It is a distinct and purposeful departure from the datacenter services industry in how we operates and help our clients operate. NxtGen is the only datacenter service company in India offering OPDC(TM) hybrid solution on a pay-by–use model, completely managed from our operations center.

We have explored the latest products, cutting edge technologies and conducted insightful studies to bring our customers the best of the solutions for their IT infrastructure needs. We partner with the best technology providers, bringing our customers superior product offerings on Datacenter and Cloud technologies.

We deliver central IT platform as a service to companies across small to large enterprises.

For more information, Web: www.Emerson.com Web: www.nxtgen.co.in

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

25

BUSINESS NEWS

ExxonMobil organises ‘UDAAN’: A special initiative for its customers in Rajasthan • UDAAN, a campaign aimed at Retailers, Lube Change Centre (LCC) owners and Mechanics, is an initiative to help ExxonMobil customers achieve excellence in their business • ExxonMobil’s displays its technology leadership through its products and training module

E

xxonMobil held its experiential training program UDAAN in Jaipur from 4th to 9th July, 2013. UDAAN is an initiative aimed at educating and creating awareness on lubrication basics and fundamentals and inventory management. UDAAN also provides safety training for its retailers, LCC owners, and mechanics across Rajasthan.

Aimed at helping customers to achieve excellence in their business, UDAAN, through its specially designed workshops offers prospects an opportunity to understand the handling of critical workshop and vehicle maintenance situations.

These training sessions educate on personal and workshop safety, lubes best practices and the technology excellence behind ExxonMobil’s range of passenger vehicle lubricants namely, Mobil 1 and Mobil Super

28

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

range of products. “At ExxonMobil, we take pride in technology leadership and excellence in customer service.

UDAAN is an initiative that reiterates our commitment to our partnership with customers and to address concerns, drive developments to help them make their operations more efficient and profitable. While, through our products we offer our customers advanced technology, through UDAAN we also bring the experience of the highest level of application expertise. UDAAN is a unique and first of its kind campaign that aims to better equipp partners with skills, knowledge and product which will enable them to achieve excellence in their business”, said Anirvan Roy, General Manager, Automotive Lubricants, ExxonMobil Lubricants Pvt. Ltd. As part of the 33 day Rajasthan campaign, ExxonMobil’s specially designed and branded UDAAN bus will travel across several districts in Rajasthan to engage retailers, service advisors and mechanics. This actionoriented workshop trains novices and veterans through a variety of modules which includes video demos, discussions and Q&A sessions.

The different dynamics of the vehicles performance and maintenance, workshop safety and merchandising soft skills are brought to the fore. Participants will experience the tangible benefits of world-class Continue on page no.30

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.28

Jakson Power bags 2 new solar Infra orders worth INR 810 million

safety technologies in the training by ExxonMobil’s specialized team of engineers, trainers and technicians. The bus is currently stationed in Rajasthan. It will cover cities including Udaipur, Bhilwara, Kota, Ajmer and Bikaner. It reached Jaipur on 4th July, and was stationed there until 9th July. It will complete its Rajasthan tour in Alwar on 12th July. For ExxonMobil, innovation, technological leadership and application expertise lie at the core of ExxonMobil products portfolio of advanced lubricants solutions for companies across all sectors. The innovation in advanced lube technology adds value to our customers’ businesses, helping them to advance their capabilities and stimulate growth. Such innovations in technology help customers meet their operational goals. For more information on Mobil-branded greases and lubricants, including Mobil 1, the world’s leading synthetic engine oil brand, visit www.mobil1.com.

About ExxonMobil Lubricants Private Limited

Customers have relied on ExxonMobil for more than 120 years. Marketed in nearly 200 countries and territories worldwide, ExxonMobil products stand for performance, innovation and expertise. As a technology leader in synthetic lubricants, a full range of ExxonMobil products is available in the automotive, commercial and industrial business sectors. ExxonMobil recognizes that business success and social responsibility go hand in hand.

To that end, ExxonMobil works closely to support the communities where they operate and pledges to maintain the highest ethical standards, comply with local laws and respect local and national cultures. The term “ExxonMobil” is used for convenience only, and may include Exxon Mobil Corporation or any of its affiliates. © ExxonMobil, Mobil and Mobil 1 are trademarks of Exxon Mobil Corporation or one of its subsidiaries.

For more information Web: www.mobil1.com

30

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

J

akson Power Solutions, India’s leading power solutions company, announced that the company has secured two new orders aggregating to INR 810 million for setting up infrastructure for generation of solar power. The orders include Solar Power Plant EPC and supply of Solar Inverter Substations for various Solar Photovoltaic power plants in India. Jakson recently secured an order aggregating INR 470 million from Refex Energy Limited, a major EPC player in the Indian market to supply 42 numbers of Solar Inverter Substations (SISS) for their various projects in Rajasthan and Andhra Pradesh.

These installations are targeted to generate 60 MW of solar power and are slated to be completed by October 2013. The company has also bagged a highly prestigious EPC order from BHEL valued at approximately INR 340 million for the construction of 10 MW solar power plant for NTPC in Talcher, Orissa. PV Module for this project will be supplied by BHEL. Construction of the solar power plant will begin in the July, 2013, and is targeted to be complete within four months.

Apart from the aforesaid orders, the company has also been registered as a System Integrator with CREDA (Chhattisgarh State Renewable Energy Development Agency, Department Of Energy, Government of Chhattisgarh) for the FY 2013-14. Under this registration, the company plans to implement more than 500 KWp offgrid decentralized Solar PV power plants in the state this year. Mr. Sundeep Gupta, Joint Managing Director, Jakson Power Solutions said, “We are proud of our technological strengths, which helped us bag these two prestigious orders. Jakson Power’s strong foot print in the power solutions business is moving to the next level of growth. These orders will reinforce our expertise in providing highly reliable and advanced solutions in solar industry”.

About Jakson Power Solutions

Established in 1945, Jakson is one of the leading Power Solutions Group in India today. With 4 companies in its fold, the group has a strong presence in various sectors.

The group has more than 1800 employees and its current revenues exceed Rs. 1350 crores with a sales and service network spread across India, Nepal, Bangladesh and Singapore. The group manages diverse business interests in the areas of Power Generation, Power Distribution, Solar Power, Electrical Contracting, International business and Hospitality delivering comprehensive services in the market.

For more infromation Web: www.jakson.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Spray water and dust protection in over 300 versions TSUBAKI KABELSCHLEPP present three new type series of the TKA cable carrier

TKA_Komposing.jpg: The three new type series TKA30, TKA38, TKA45 and the TKA55 complete theportfolio of closed cable carriers

by TSUBAKI KABELSCHLEPP

TKA45_Innenaufteilung_Detail. jpg: Various possibilities for interior partitioning with fixable dividers with locking cams

32

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

T

he three new type series TKA30, TKA38, TKA45 and the TKA55 complete the portfolio of closed cable carriers by TSUBAKI KABELSCHLEPP. The TKA product family therefore comprises over 300 versions. The cable carriers with an especially tight design reliably protect cables against dirt, chips and spray water.

The design of the TKA cable carriers effectively prevents the intrusion of foreign bodies into the cable space and ensures reliable protection of the cables right up to the connection area. The TKA55 was tested according to IP54 and confirmed by TÜV NORD. The design of the side bands and the cover system protects cables against spray water from any angle and against the intrusion of dust. All TKA type series are optionally available as extremely heat-resistant models: A special material securely protects cables against negative effects, for example from chips with a temperature of up to 850 °C. The three new type series were developed on the basis

TKA45H36-80 Einfach-zu-oeffnen. jpg: The covers of the TKA range can be opened alternatively inside or outside and provide secure hold even with strong mechanical loads

TKA55H45 Spaene.jpg: The TKA range provides reliable protection against dirt and splash water.

Models made of special materials are optionally available, providing protection against hot chips up to 850 °C of TKA55. Essential product features are the optimized geometry of the chain links and a triple encapsulated stroke system which allows large selfsupporting lengths while being highly torsion-resistant. The integrated gliding surfaces make the cable carrier ideally suited for long travel lengths. The covers can alternatively be opened inside or outside and provide secure hold even with heavy mechanical loads, e.g. when using hydraulic cables. An internal damper system ensures noise and vibration damping.

For more information Web: www.kabelschlepp.de

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Honeywell wins Indo-American corporate excellence awards Honeywell Receives Indo American Chamber of Commerce’s Corporate Excellence Awardsin Technology and Communications,and ManufacturingCategories.

(Left to right) : Anant Maheshwari, Managing Director, Honeywell Automation India Limited (HAIL) and Country Leader, Honeywell Automation and Control Solutions - India; Nanik Rupani, Regional President, Indo-American Chamber of Commerce; Shri Prithviraj Chavan, Chief Minister of Maharashtra

H

oneywell Automation India Limited (NSE: HONAUT) was awarded two Indo-American Corporate Excellence awards at a felicitation ceremony organized by the Indo American Chamber of Commerce (IACC) today. Mr. Anant Maheshwari, Managing Director, Honeywell Automation India Limited (HAIL) received the awards from Shri Prithviraj Chavan, Honorable Chief Minister of Maharashtra, India, as a part of the pre-American Independence Day celebrations in the presence more than 500 business and government leaders, celebrities, expatriates and the

34

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

media. Honeywell received the Corporate Excellence Award for Technology and Communications for driving a successful technology enterprise and its contributions to the Indo-U.S. technology sector. The Corporate Excellence Award in Manufacturing recognizes the company for its innovative manufacturing principles using lean manufacturing, Kaizen, and Six Sigma processes, to deliver high quality products to its customers.

“Today, more than 13,000 Honeywell employees across India work to deliver innovative technologies, helping customers improve energy efficiency, safety, security and productivity, all of which are key imperatives for India,” said Maheshwari.

“We deeply appreciate this award from the IACC as it recognizes not just our excellence in manufacturing and technology innovation, but also the fact that we are local, deeply invested and committed to India.”

This is the ninth year since the IACC, committed to facilitating trade, business relations and strong business ties between India and U.S., instated these awards. The award celebrates corporate excellence and recognizes the best Indian companies in the U.S. and the best U.S. companies in India in 16 different categories.

It recognizes organizations and individuals who have contributed to the promotion of Indo-U.S. trade, Continue on page no.36

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.34 financial excellence, corporate social responsibility, development of human capital and their impact on the respective markets, etc.

About Honeywell India

Honeywell is a Fortune 100 company (www.honeywell. com) that develops and manufactures technologies to address some of the world’s toughest challenges linked to global macrotrends such as energy efficiency, clean energy generation, safety and security, globalization and customer productivity. Each of the company’s four businesses – Aerospace, Automation and Control Solutions, Performance Materials and Technologies, and Transportation Systems – has a significant presence in India.

Honeywell’s India commitment is evident in five state-of-the-art manufacturing and engineering operations for its automation, turbocharger, and refining businesses, and five global centers of excellence for technology development and innovation. Honeywell employs more than 13,000 people across 50 locations including Delhi, Pune, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Gurgaon and Madurai.

Honeywell Automation India Limited

Part of Honeywell’s global Automation and Control Solutions business, Honeywell Automation India Limited (HAIL) is a ~$350 million+ company listed on the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) and the National Stock Exchange (NSE). HAIL was set up in 1987 with its manufacturing, design and engineering facilities located in Pune. A Fortune India 500 company, HAIL is a leader in providing integrated automation and software solutions, with more than 2,800 employees based in nine offices across India – Pune, Baroda, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Chennai, Gurgaon, Kolkata, and Jamshedpur, spanning Process Solutions, Building Solutions, Environmental and Combustion Controls, Sensing and Control, and Global Services. HAIL also has the unique distinction of being one of the first automation companies in India to be awarded dual certification of ISO:14001 and OHSAS:18001.

For more information Web: www.honeywellnow.com

36

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

High pressure cooling with Hydra-Cell

H

igh pressure coolant delivery has many benefits in terms of metal cutting efficiency. It can offer dramatic reductions in cycle time of up to 70% while improving the quality of surface finish, extending the life of tooling and inserts and enhancing chip control.

Many pump types offer the pressures and flows required for high pressure coolant delivery but one stands out in terms of reliability.

Hydra-Cell®.

The problem lies in the fact that machining produces fines as well as chips; small particles of metal that are highly abrasive and, if not removed from the system by ultra-fine filtration will destroy any pump where bearings and seals are exposed to the pumped coolant.

Even the most efficient filtration system can fail; a bag filter can split or housekeeping may be inadequate as filters are changed allowing fines to pass through to the pump.

Hydra-Cell pumps are designed to operate under such conditions and handle fines up to 500 microns in diameter removing the need for expensive fine filtration if not needed for surface finish requirements.

Should a filter become completely blocked, screw and gear pumps will tend to overheat as they need the pumped fluid for sealing and internal cooling whereas Hydra-Cell pumps will continue to operate without damage. Hydra-Cell pumps are also designed to run-dry indefinitely without damage.

For more information Web: www.hydra-cell.eu

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

39

| July 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Kirloskar Brothers Limited wins prestigious ASSOCHAM award 2013 The all-women Coimbatore plant bags Innovation Excellence award for women empowerment.

K

irloskar Brothers Limited (KBL), a leading global fluid management company has been conferred the prestigious ASSOCHAM Platinum Innovation Excellence Award in the Social Development category for Women Empowerment. Dr. RV. Raj Kuumar,Divisional Head- Coimbatore plant, KBL, received the coveted award from Shri. S. Jaipal Reddy, Hon’ble Minister for Ministry of Science & Technology at the national ASSOCHAM India summitin Delhi.

KBL is the only Engineering company in India which operates with 100% Female associates in the manufacturing Process. The ASSOCHAM AWARD is recognition

42

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

to the efforts made by KBL’ all women Coimbatore plant that wasestablished in 2011.The plant which is equipped with state of the art facility manufactures different models of domestic pumps and has 70 women between the age group of 19 to 30employed on the shop floor.

KBL provides an intense 2 months industrial training to the women recruited at the plant who are mostly school drop outs.

In 2011, the workers at the plant took 60 seconds to assemble a pump. The female associates have significantly reduced this time to 20 seconds in April 2013thathas tripled the plant production to 34000 pumps per lineper month. Around 500,000 high quality pumps are manufactured in this facility per year with anextremely negligible rejection rate of less than 0.5 %.

Mr. Sanjay Kirloskar, Chairman and Managing Director of Kirloskar

Brothers said, “We are delighted to be recognized for our accomplishment towards women empowerment. Our aim has always been to go beyond mere ‘corporate social responsibility’.

This award is a testament of our female employee’s abilities to perform any task with complete diligence and we are very proud of our workforce at Coimbatore facility.”

After receiving the award, Dr. RV Raj Kuumar said “It is indeed a matter of immense pride for us to receive this prestigious award which validates our efforts toward empowering women inside our Company. On behalf of KBL I take this opportunity to thank ASSOCHAM for this award which will encourage more women to join us in this endeavor.”

About Kirloskar Brothers Limited:

Kirloskar Brothers Limited (KBL) is the flagship company of the $ 2.1 billion Kirloskar group. KBL is a global fluid management solutions provider and the largest manufacturer and exporter of centrifugal pumps and valves from India. The core businesses of KBL are large infrastructure projects (Water Supply, Power Plants, and Irrigation), Project and Engineered Pumps, Industrial Pumps, Agriculture and Domestic Pumps, Valves, Motors and Hydro turbines.

For more information Web: www.kirloskarpumps.com

www.engrreview.com

Instrumenta on Services (I) Pvt. Ltd.

New

• • • • • • • •

•

Advanced Batch Solu ons ISA S88 Based Batch Management Modular Design User Friendly Plant Editor Flexible, Open Recipe Based Opera on Operator Guide Messages Planning & Scheduling of Batches On-line View & Recipe Changes Analysis & Repor ng of Batch Informa on

Enterprise Solu ons

•

Sourcing Data from Disparate Automa on Systems in Historian Data Archiving Excel & Web Based Repor ng Tools Manufacturing Execu on Systems (MES) Advanced Reports, Dashboards, KPI for Top Management Informa on Customized So ware Solu ons

• • • •

Intelligent MCC Panels VFD & So -starter panels Energy Monitoring SCADA Energy Saving Solu ons

• • • •

Trusted Name in

Automation Solutions in Process Industries

Energy Efficiency Solu ons

Supertech Instrumentation Services (I) Pvt. Ltd. 12-13, Vardhaman Industrial Complex, Old Mumbai Agra Road, THANE- 400601 (Maharashtra) India Ph: +91-22-41550100 Fax: +91-22-41550178 e-mail: automation@supertech.co.in website: www.supertech.co.in

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

43

| July 2013

• • • • • • • •

Turnkey Automa on Solu ons Design & Detailed Engineering Advanced Process Automa on Systems Sensors, Transmi ers, Valves Instrument Erec on Material Installa on & Calibra on of Instruments Intelligent MCC, VFD & So -starters Energy Monitoring SCADA Historian, MES, Integra on with ERP

Areas of Specializa on

• • • • • • • •

Industrial Resins Paints Polymers Specialty Chemicals Pharmaceu cals (API) Food & Beverages Lube Oil Blending Agrochemicals

• • • •

On-line UPS Systems (APC Brand) Bumpless Transfer 3-Phase, 415 V, 50 Hz Supply Upto 800 KVA Single Unit

Secure Power Solu ons

BUSINESS NEWS

Power sector PSUs to Contribute Rs. 25 Crores towards re-building Uttrakhand Infrastructure

T

he Power Sector would contribute towards sustainable re-building of infrastructure destroyed during the huge natural calamity of floods which has affected Uttrakhand. This was decided at the meeting of CMDs of Power Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs) chaired by Minister of State (Independent Charge) for Power Shri Jyotiraditya M. Scindia. Power sector PSUs will share a part of the burden in re-building of the much needed infrastructure to put Uttrakhand back into the economic growth process.

The Minister further directed that the identified projects will be monitored closely for their successful and timely execution. It is understood that a large number of roads, bridges, schools, and other community structures have been washed away or destroyed during the unprecedented massive floods.

Accordingly, it was decided that the nine Power sector PSUs namely – NTPC (National Thermal Power Corporation), PGCIL (Power Grid Corporation), NHPC (National Hydro Power Corporation), THDC (Tehri Hydro Development Corporation), SJVN (Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam), PFC (Power Finance Corporation), REC (Rural Electrification Corporation), DVC (Damodar Valley Corporation), and NEEPCO (North East Electric Power Corporation), will together make a contribution of Rs.25.00 crores towards this effort. The projects selected for funding assistance will be decided in consultation with the state government as per their priority and requirements.

NTPC will contribute Rs. 10 crores. Contribution by others will be as under: PGCIL Rs. five crore, PFC, Rs. three crore, REC Rs. two crore, NHPC, THDC, SJVN, DVC, and NEEPCO Rs. one crore each.

Shri Scindia also emphasized that the generating stations of the Central Sector Power Sector PSUs should in consultation with the State Government ensure uninterrupted and required power for the state on top priority basis.

The meeting was attended by Shri P Umshankar, Secretary, Power, other senior officers in the Ministry and top brass of power sector PSUs. For more information Web: www.pib.nic.in

44

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

REC and THDCIL to fund construction of Girls’ Hostel in Uttarakhand’s Tehri District under CSR initiative

R

ural Electrification Corporation (REC), a Central Public Sector Enterprise under the Ministry of Power and Tehri Hydro Development Corporation India Limited (THDCIL), will provide financial assistance to the tune of Rs four crore under CSR initiative for construction of a Girls’ Hostel at the THDC Institute of Hydro Power Engineering & Technology in Uttarakhand’s Tehri District.

The hostel having a capacity to accommodate 155 students is a part of REC’s contribution to the calamity affected State. A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), in this regard was signed between Shri Rajeev Sharma, CMD, REC and Shri R.S.T. Sai, CMD, THDCIL today.

The Institute, affiliated to the Uttarakhand Technical University, has commenced AICTE approved four year B. Tech courses since academic year 2011-12 The Institute, presently operating from a partially completed infrastructure, is in the process of expanding the infrastructure by setting up of academic blocks, hostels, residences for faculties/staff, instruments for labs, computers, etc. to cater to the academic requirements of running four year technical courses.

REC has agreed to provide financial support for this venture by funding the cost of construction of the girls’ hostel under its CSR initiatives.

More than 100 girl students are presently enrolled at the Institute. The proposed hostel for girls would be a three-storey building with accommodation for 155 girl students, dining hall cum common room with sport and recreational facilities, play-ground, etc. and would enable the girl students to pursue their education in security and safety of the campus, leading to improved education standards and quality of life.

For more information Web: www.pib.nic.in

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Jindal SAW Limited appoints Mr. Neeraj Kumar as Group Chief Executive Officer & Whole Time Director

J

indal SAW Limited, a part of O.P. Jindal Group, announced the appointment of Mr. Neeraj Kumar as Group Chief Executive Officer & Whole Time Director with effect from July 1, 2013. Prior to joining Jindal SAW, Mr. Kumar was working as MD & CEO of ORIX Auto Infrastructure Services Ltd (OAIS), a joint venture company of Infrastructure Leasing and Financial Services Ltd. (IL&FS).

He has been associated with large Indian business houses, top multinationals and financial institutions across core infrastructure, commodity, service and financial sectors in the past. Mr. Kumar has earlier worked with Jindal SAW Limited as Director (Finance) & CFO from the year 2002 to 2006. An MBA in Finance & International Finance, Mr. Kumar has represented private sector companies at Euro Money and CLSA Global & Asia conferences.

He has featured regularly in business journals like Asia Risk & Business India.

About Jindal SAW Ltd.:

Jindal SAW Ltd is a part of USD 16.5 billion O.P. Jindal Group, the fourth largest industrial house in India. The group also has the distinction of having global footprints.

Today commanding a market leader position it is a global major providing Total Pipe Solutions to the ever-growing needs of the industry.

Jindal SAW Ltd. is the leading production hub of SAW Pipes primarily used for transportation of oil and gas. With integrated facilities at multiple locations Jindal SAW has diversified into a multi-product company, manufacturing large diameter Submerged Arc Welded pipes and spiral pipes and bends for energy transportation sector; Carbon, alloy and stainless steel Seamless tubes manufactured by conical piercing process for industrial application and Ductile Iron pipes for water and sewage transportation.

Besides this Company provides value added products and services like anti-corrosion coatings for pipe and bends, induction bends and connector casings. ISO 9002, 14001, 18001 certification awarded bespeak of Company’s continued commitment to the welfare, safety and security of employees as well as the custodian of best business practices.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

46

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Suprema Inc., A leading provider of biometric technology, has won the Best Innovative Product in Protection Security and Fire Safety” awarded by MIPS in Moscow, Russia for access control and visitor management system.

T

he Contest of Technical Solutions “The Best Innovation Product” is held annually within MIPS. The purpose of this contest is to demonstrate and promote the newest achievements in safety industry. Since 2009, the contest winner’s equipment is listed in the governmental list of recommended products, which means the winning companies have the right to sell direct to equipment installers and end-users without going through lengthy certification procedures.

Mr. Jae Won Lee, the president of Suprema said, “We are very proud to receive such prestigious award, which recognizes both technological and practical innovations in access control systems that we provide. In my opinion, the biometric market is currently in flowering stage and there is a more potential and possibility of pioneering the niche markets. Therefore, we will stay committed in developing technologies and expand our products’ portfolio in order to increase competitiveness in overseas markets.”

About Suprema Inc.

Suprema Inc. is a global leader in biometrics and identification solutions. The company’s range of products includes fingerprint modules, biometric access control systems, e-passport readers and live-scanners. Suprema has worldwide sales network over 100 countries and also a listed company in KOSDAQ.

For more information Web: www.supremainc.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

JUNKER to present lean selection allround with three grinding spindles at EMO 2013

The Lean Selection allround is able to grind a broad range of work pieces.

T

he JUNKER Group will be a significant presence at this year’s EMO, showcasing not only the whole portfolio of JUNKER high-speed grinding machines but also unveiling its new Lean Selection allround with three grinding spindles for the very first time at its booth (B74) in Hall 11.

Lean Selection allround: universal application and precision

The JUNKER allround machine series supplies both output and precision, and is fully in keeping with the exemplary standard of quality customers have come to associate with the name JUNKER. Its highprecision B-axis with automatic

OD and ID grinding in a single clamping operation by swiveling the B-axis.

Work piece clamping with magnetic chuck. Reformat lines to fit with pictures stepless positioning makes this a highly versatile machine. Up to three high-performance spindles combined with proven JUNKER engineering excellence, provide ideal conditions for practically any type of ID/OD grinding operation.

The Lean Selection allround with a grinding length of 800 mm and a centre height of 150mm, comes ideally equipped to cope with a broad component spectrum, and is designed for the complete grinding of work pieces used in prototype production, mold and tool making, pneumatic and hydraulic applications, precision mechanics, gear manufacture and medical technology. The machine makes short work of wide-ranging different work piece geometries including cylindrical diameters,

Spectrum of work pieces ground using the Lean Selection allround

48

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

tapers and radii, shoulders using angular infeed grinding, OD and ID threads as well as punches.

Particularly impressive aspects of the allround are its outstanding user convenience and superb costto-performance ratio. The machine can be equipped with corundum, CBN or diamond grinding wheels and lends itself with the utmost flexibility to a wide variety of uses. The multifunctional OD and ID grinding machine is perfect when it comes to the flexible production of small batch runs through to large-scale series, and is used predominantly by small and medium-sized enterprises.

As it offers scope for individual automation, it can also be used in production lines.

For more information Web: www.junker-group.com

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

49

| July 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Lapp India launches Lapp experience centre in Bangalore Centre to provide comprehensive connectivity solutions and pave the way for reliably connecting with customers

L

app India, a 100% subsidiary of Lapp Group and the pioneer in introducing the concept of “Total solutions in Electrical Connectivity” in India today inaugurated its first Lapp Experience Centre in Bangalore. The exclusive Centre will showcase vast range of products that Lapp India offers to help meet the connectivity requirements across industries.

There will be a special focus on the Lapp solutions catering to the 8 key industry verticals - Machine Tools, Automation, Automotive, Public Sector, Buildings, Projects business, Renewable Energy and Process.

The Centre will serve as a one-stop destination for all cabling solutions providing customers an opportunity to touch and feel the entire product portfolio that Lapp has to offer.

50

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The inauguration ceremony marked the presence of Mr. Andreas Lapp, Chairman of The Board LAPP HOLDING AG and Honorary Consul of the Republic of India for BadenWürttemberg and RhinelandPalatinate as well as Mr. Siegbert E. Lapp, Director of LAPP HOLDING AG encouraging the Lapp India team for their tremendous efforts in making this initiative successful.

Dr Ingo Karsten, Consul General of the Federal Republic of Germany, graced the event as the Chief Guest and extended his support to the Lapp family.

Additionally, other senior leadership team members of Lapp India were also present at this ceremony.

The Lapp Experience Centre provides a platform to connect with the customers by enabling them experience first-hand the world class German quality and engineering that goes into the making of Lapp products.

By opening this Centre, the Company aims to better understand customer requirements and efficiently respond to them.

Speaking on the occasion, Mr. Richard Lee, CEO, Asia Pacific at Lapp Group and acting MD in Lapp India said that, “I feel delighted to announce the launch of the Lapp Experience Centre in India. This new Centre will enhance our relationship with the customers and our dealers, enabling us to boost the quality of our customer buying experience. We aim to reliably connect the world with our comprehensive range of cabling solutions and this consumerContinue on page no.52

www.engrreview.com

Prevent ImProPerly marked Products wIth machIne vIsIon label verIfIcatIon  EnsurE thE ConsistEnCy of your Printing ProCEss  ValidatE tExt and BarCodEs for 100% traCEaBility  VErify ComPlianCE to gs1 and iso BarCodE standards Legible, accurate product labeling has never been more important than it is today, when automated supply chains depend on data accuracy to ensure the reliable performance of global operations. Microscan’s AutoVISION™ line of smart cameras and easy-to-use software makes it simple to implement machine vision verification to ensure that every product is properly marked for reliable process operation and the peace of mind that no shipment will be rejected due to inaccurate or illegible labeling.

SCAN QR CODE or visit info.microscan.com/autovision for an AutoVISION demo video

Solution Partner

www.microscan.com asia hEadQuartErs

Phone: +65-6846-1214 Fax: +65-6846-4641 Email: asia@microscan.com

india suBContinEnt

Office: +91-124-4689551 Cell: +91-9811412271 Email: vbhasin@microscan.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.50 core cables daily, catering mainly to the Building Cable Segment (BCS).

Lapp India has trained regional marketing organisations in Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai and Bangalore along with 23 sales offices and a strong network of dealers throughout the country.

About the Lapp Group:

connect initiative will help achieve this vision.’’

Among the expanse of Lapp solutions on display, cable harnessing solutions are also being showcased at this Centre. Additionally, the customers have an option to place their orders on the spot with the help of an in-store billing option. Further, Lapp India also plans to educate customers and provide them a firsthand experience of its wide range of products under the series, “Lapp Flavor of the Month”. The Experience Centre is truly dynamic in terms of the multitude of options available for

52

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

customers.

About Lapp India Lapp India is a 100% subsidiary of the LAPP GROUP which manufactures Cables, Connectors, Cable Glands, Conduits and Accessories. They are the pioneers in introducing the concept of “Total solutions in Electrical Connectivity” in India, with an unbeatable range of products. Lapp India started its India operations in 1996 with a manufacturing unit in Jigani, Bangalore. Today, our Bangalore manufacturing unit is the third largest manufacturing facility of the Lapp Group, producing about 100,000 km of ÖLFLEX® connecting and control cables and insulated single cores each year.

Recently, Lapp India completed phase 1 of its second manufacturing plant in Pilukedi, Bhopal which will produce 1,000 kms of single

Headquartered in Stuttgart, Germany, the Lapp Group is a leading supplier of integrated wire, cabling and connector products and solutions. Its offering includes electrical and fibre optic cables, industrial plug-in and screw connectors, cabling solutions, automation technology and technical accessories. Lapp Group’s core markets are in the mechanical and plant engineering and electronics manufacturing sectors, with rapid market expansion in the renewable energy, mobility and life science industries.

Lapp Group has remained in continuous family ownership since it was founded in 1959. In the 2011/12 financial year, it recorded total consolidated sales of 860 million euros. It employs some 3,150 people, operates 17 production sites and 41 sales companies and cooperates with approximately 100 national partners worldwide.

For Product Purchasing and Enquiries Visit: LAPP Experience Centre 1/3, “Sumeru Enclave”, 5th Main Road, Behind “British Biologicals” (Opp e-zone on Ashoka Pillar Road), Jayanagar 2nd Block, Bangalore-560011

www.engrreview.com

Machine tool automation Additive manufacturing / 3D printing

Machine calibration

40 years of innovative manufacturing solutions Material analysis

Gauging

Motion control

Dimensional measurement

For 40 years Renishaw has supplied manufacturers in India and around the world with products that help to make products in less time, with more accuracy, higher levels of productivity, and with less waste. Today, our engineering and science based technologies are used in applications as diverse as jet engine, TV and solar-panel manufacture, through to 3D printing, dentistry and brain surgery. Contact one of our 6 Indian offices to find out more.

For more information visit www.renishaw.com

Renishaw India G.K Arcade, 3rd Floor, #125/1-18, T. Mariappa Road, Jayanagar 1st Block, Bangalore 560 011 T +91 80 6623 6000 F +91 80 6623 6060 E india@renishaw.com

www.renishaw.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Praj’s breakthrough technology helps to resolve textile pollution issue at Tirupur Praj receives repeat orders for Zero Liquid Discharge Solutions for Textile Wastewater Treatment

T

irupur being a textile belt, faced the crisis of severe pollution of water bodies due to discharge of coloured effluent from the bleaching and dyeing units. More than 600 bleaching and dyeing units remained closed for almost two years for want of a reliable solution. Though various technologies were implemented, none could solve the groundwater pollution problem effectively. This extended the closure of textile dyeing clusters till the installation of the Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) unit

by Praj which has helped to build confidence for reopening of the textile units in compliance with the pollution norms.

54

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Praj, a global process engineering solutions provider, offers innovative solutions to significantly add value in Water and Waste Water Treatment Plants, Bio-ethanol and Brewery Plants, Critical Process Equipment & Systems, has received their 2nd repeat order for ZLD application from the Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) based in Tirupur textile belt. The first two orders were from Veerapandi Textile CETP and the 3rd one from Sirupooluvapatti CETP, Tirupur, Tamil Nadu.

Successful operation of 1st ZLD system at Veerapandi CETP, Tirupur leads to repeat order for Praj Praj successfully commissioned a 100 Kilo litre per day ZLD system based on multi effect evaporation technology at Veerapandi, Tirupur. The entire plant was designed, engineered, fabricated and erected by Praj on turnkey basis. The final end products are process condensate and salts which are reusable in the textile dyeing units. The solution treats effluent stream rejects of Reverse Osmosis (RO) plant applying Praj’s innovative Evaporation & Crystallization technology. This unique technology is instrumental in solving the groundwater pollution problems arising due to discharge of colorants. In order to arrive at the most appropriate solution, Praj deployed the best resources and efforts. This involved periodic collection and testing of effluent samples, study of existing effluent treatment plants, developing customized process & engineering Continue on page no.58

www.engrreview.com

MGM-Pubblicità(210x297)_Layout 1 08/04/13 10.33 Pagina 1

HIGH QUALITY FOR YOUR MACHINERY

MGM brake motor main features

VARVEL production lines

• TEFC 3-ph asynchronous brake motor (0.09kW-130kW) • AC 3-ph brake (no rectifier) or DC brake on request • Oversized brake disc for higher brake torque, longer life and reduced maintenance • Fine and easy brake torque adjustment (as standard) • Very quick brake reaction time • Frequent START/STOP cycle applications • Manual brake release (as standard) • Hexagonal hole on non drive end of the shaft for manual rotation • Single speed or two speeds motors • All motors designed for inverter duty

• RS-RT worm gearboxes: 28 to 150 mm centres.

One stage worm, helical/worm and double worm.

• RD helical gearboxes: 50 to 2300 Nm. Two and three stages.

• RN parallel shaft gearboxes: 180 to 3300 Nm. Two and three stages.

• RO-RV bevel/helical gearboxes: 180 to 3300 Nm. Three stages.

• RG precision planetary gearboxes: 10 to 230 Nm. One and two stages.

• VR dry friction speed variators: IEC63 to IEC90 1 to 5 stepless speed range, 300 to 1500 rpm.

• VS planetary speed variators: IEC71 to IEC112 1 to 5 stepless speed range, 200 to 1000 rpm.

agency.com

A new generation of electric motors and gearboxes for power transmission quality from the alliance of two dynamic italian companies.

For those who want quality.

MGM-VARVEL Power Transmission Pvt Ltd Ware House No. G3 and G4 • Ground Floor • Indus Valley's Logistic Park • Unit 3 • Mel Ayanambakkam • Vellala Street Chennai - 600 095 • Tamil Nadu, INDIA • Phone: +91 44 64627008 • info@mgmvarvelindia.com • www.mgmvarvelindia.com REGIONAL OFFICE: KOHLI TOWERS • 4th Floor, Dapodi • Near Bharat Petrol Pump • Pune - 411012

Modular it All Gigab s 24 port

+

Hot-sw a

ppable Smart Plug & Play O peratio n Copper & fiber

MADE IN THE USA

New NT24k Managed Gigabit Ethernet Switch

Introducing the ultimate in network flexibility—Red Lion’s new NT24k modular GigE switch series from N-Tron, the pioneers in industrial Ethernet. With all Gigabit and versatile connectivity options, the NT24k has configuration flexibility to meet all of your industrial networking requirements. > All Gigabit Modular Design > Up to 24 Port Connections > Robust Remote Monitoring > Smart Plug & Play Operation > DIN Rail & Rackmount Options > Extreme Environments

Visit better.redlion.net to learn how our industrial automation and industrial networking products work together to connect. monitor. control. ©2013 Red Lion Controls Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+91 - 9844876540 I india@redlion.net I better.redlion.net

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

57

| July 2013

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.54 solutions and demonstrating the efficacy of the solution on the first plant at Veerapandi .. Based on the successful operation of the first plant at Veerapandi CETP, Praj contracted a second order for treatment of effluent from the textile dyeing cluster. The CETP will treat 700 kilo liters of effluent per day.

Powergrid Corporation entrusted rural electrification proejcts under RGGVY

Sirupooluvapatti CETP order

Praj bagged an order from Sirupooluvapatti CETP Limited for treatment of 5000 Kilo litres per day of effluent, making it the largest installation. It consists of 3 stage treatment including the ZLD system based on multi effect evaporation. “The repeat orders show the faith of client in Praj’s technology and its commitment to the industry and society. Our Zero Liquid Discharge System is energy efficient with low maintenance cost and operates for a longer period between cleaning cycles. The salts recovered from the CETP plant are being re-used by the dyeing units, resulting into considerable savings in operating cost, annually.” said Mr. Pramod Chaudhari, Executive Chairman, Praj Industries. While the first Veerapandi order of 100 kilo litres per day was contracted in fiscal 2011-12, the repeat orders were contracted in end-fiscal 2012-13.

Praj launched its water & wastewater treatment solutions over 3 years ago. Since then, Praj has supplied technology & systems for many a industrial applications inlcuding pharmaceuticals, chemicals, agro chemicals, ,f & b, textiles and other Industrial CETPs including orders from overseas.

About Praj Industries Limited:

Praj is a global Indian company that offers innovative solutions to add significant value to bio-ethanol facilities, brewery plants, water & wastewater treatment systems as well as process engineering, plant & equipment for customers worldwide. With over 500 references across five continents, Praj is a leading Ethanol Technology & Plant supplier with a strong focus on second-generation bioethanol process development. Praj Matrix - the innovation center, is the R & D Center of Praj Industries.

Praj is a knowledge-based company with expertise and experience in bioprocesses and engineering. It delivers know-how, license, engineering design, plant & equipment, project management, commissioning and customer care, and turnkey projects. Led by an accomplished and caring leadership, Praj is a socially responsible corporate citizen.

Praj is listed on the Bombay and National Stock Exchanges of India.

Web: www.praj.net

58

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

T

he implementation of rural electrification projects under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) for Siddarthanagar, Deoria and Pratapgarh districts of Uttar Pradesh have been entrusted to Powergrid Corporation of India Ltd. (PGCIL).

The project costs for these districts are Rs. 5600.79 lakhs, Rs. 7154.18 lakhs & Rs. 11655.45 lakhs respectively.

The projects shall be executed within two years from the date of award of the projects by PGCIL. A letter to this effect was handed over by Shri Rajeev Sharma, CMD REC to Shri R.N. Nayak, CMD PGCIL in the presence of Shri Jagdambika Pal, Member of Parliament, Smt. Rajkumari Ratna Singh, Member of Parliament and other senior officers of REC and PGCIL.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

New iPhone and iPad App for Eplan data portal

S

Images 1: EPLAN Data Portal APP

Images 2 : Mobile component and device data from various manufacturers can be selected and then transferred to the project using the Eplan Data Portal app.

60

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

elect components directly from the machine in the event of faults or maintenance requirement? This works with the new Eplan Data Portal app which is now avail-able in two languages from the iTunes Store. It allows users to access over 230,000 components in the portal, search and select mobile devices and components. The intelligent basket transfers the data collected into the original Eplan project, unless the customer has a software service contract.

Mobile applications for iPads and smartphones are in fashion – after all, production is getting more flexible all the time. Solution provider Eplan has now developed a free data portal app for iPhone and iPad which will be online for the Hannover Messe. It will allow users to select components on a mobile basis - i.e. directly from the machine or plant.

Extensive filter options make finding the right component for ser-vice or maintenance quicker and easier.

If components need to be replaced, they can be selected directly in the app ‘on site’.

If a manufacturer has removed the item from the range, a successor item can be found quickly and easily.

Once in the basket, the part is ready and can be transferred directly to the project at the office. This ensures that the documentation reflects the machine’s ‘as-built’ status and everything fits together logically. The plant and project documentation are consistent and seamless.

Configuration with extra convenience

The parts data provide significant added value even at the configuration stage: As well as the commercial information, the Eplan Data Portal also provides logic information, for

example, enclosure macros or 3D macros for enclosure construction.

One of the real benefits for app users is the 3D data viewer. As of now, components can be viewed conveniently from all sides using fingertip controls on a touch-screen.

Configuration engineers are given optimum visual support for the installation position in the enclosure to be developed. This ensures highly efficient configuration in the engineering process and a certain extra bonus in terms of userfriendliness.

Benefits for manufacturers

The new app also offers potential for component manufac-turers. Sales employees can access the component data saved on it directly and highlight the potential in integrated engineering for their customers. Real components with integrated project data such as order information, graphical rep-resentation and more detailed information in the conventional Eplan format means real added value for all involved. It is an unbeatable sales argument for manufacturers and users can benefit from high quality engineering data.

Eplan & Apps - the story continues

Eplan presented its first mobile applications two years ago. An info app and the eplanet app for its inhouse customer magazine are already available in two languages for Apple and Android and the specialists in Germany are still develop-ing others.

Users can look forward to upcoming technical developments in the “mobile applications” sector.

For more information Web: www.eplan.de/app www.eplan.in

www.engrreview.com

HRS�������O���S����S������������H����E��������S��������� ���������������S���������������������� ECOFLUX*�

ECOFLUX*�

FU��E�

HRS

Since a decade, HRS has been offering a comprehensive range of innovative heat transfer solutions, customised to consistently and efficiently perform for various processing applications.

If it�s Heat Transfer you are looking for, It has to be HRS! HRS Process Systems Limited 201 / 202, Karan Selene, 851, Bhandarkar Institute Road, Pune - 411 004 Tel.: +91 020 66047894 & 95, 2566 3581 Fax.: +91 20 2566 3583 Email: info@hrsasia.co.in Website: www.hrsasia.co.in

BUSINESS NEWS

SK 180E : New distributed frequency inverters from NORD DRIVESYSTEMS Complementing the SK 200E line of frequency inverters, NORD DRIVESYSTEMS introduces the SK 180E which is mounted on asynchronous motors, just like its larger counterparts. Featuring proven ISD vector control, the SK 180E is even more costeffective than the currently available range of decentralized units. The new inverter focuses on the core requirements of speed control and efficiency. Featuring two analog inputs and integrated process and PI controller functions, it can autonomously manage simple drive applications. It is suitable both for stand-alone variable frequency drives and for synchronized operation with several units. A typical example of the latter: distributed horizontal conveying applications requiring no positioning or encoder feedback, no special safety functions or braking resistors, and with motor power outputs from 0.25 to 2.2 kW.

T

he SK 180E also contains all necessary functions for many fan and pump applications. Here, it can save up to 30 % energy by automatic magnetization adjustment under partial load. Providing class C1 radio interference suppression and a discharge current below 16 mA, the SK 180E can even be operated in residential and business buildings in nearly every country in the world.

For use in mobile pumps, shredders, or mixers, variable frequency drives are available complete with a conventional mains plug.

The drives have typical overload reserves of 150 % for 60 seconds and briefly even up to 200 %. All

distributed drive electronics from NORD follow the same simple and versatile operation concept: they can be programmed directly, by means of parameter boxes, or via computer using the free-of-charge NORD CON software.

Parameters can be quickly exported to other devices using the internal system bus or Ethernet interfaces. In addition to the SK 180E and the SK 200E, which can also control diagonal and vertical conveying tasks with safety requirements up to SIL3, NORD’s decentralized solutions also include the very economic new SK 135E soft and reverse starter which can carry out simple switching tasks in logistics and conveying.

Illustration : The new SK 180E inverter from NORD DRIVESYSTEMS enables fully automated drive solutions as both standalone and synchronized systems

62

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Company background

NORD DRIVESYSTEMS develops, produces and sells drive technologies with around 2,800 employees, and is one of the international leaders in the industry. In addition to standard drives, NORD supplies application-specific concepts and solutions, even for special applications, for example with energy-saving drives or explosion-pro-

tected systems. Gross sales amounted to approx. EUR 450 mn in the 2012 business year. The company founded in 1965 now has over 35 subsidiaries worldwide. The closely meshed sales and service network ensures optimum availability for short delivery times and customer-oriented services.

NORD produces a wide variety of drive units for torques from 10 to 200,000 Nm, electric motors with powers from 0.12 kW to 200 kW as well as the necessary power electronics in the form of frequency inverters and servo controllers.

Inverter solutions are available for classical installations in the switch cabinet and for decentralised and fully integrated drive units.

Powered by

For more information Web: www.nord.com

www.engrreview.com

NORD DRIVESYSTEMS | Intelligent Drivesystems, Worldwide Services

UNICASE industrial gear units from NORD Modular concept • Mirror image installation thanks to symmetrical construction • Lower weight than jointed housing gear units • Same physical size for 2 and 3 stage gear units • Short delivery times

Oil & fans • Oil supply by flange-mounted pumps in all installation orientations • Optimal axial fans • Synthetic oils for greater reliability

Production and quality • High precision production due to rigid housing • High power density • Longer bearing life than with jointed housing gear units

NORD industrial gear units were developed according to the tried-and-tested unicase principle.

The design was developed for a wide range of applications in many different sectors of industry.

With all of the available options and modules it is very easy to configure especially compact drive solutions. This standardisation guarantees quality, reduces the number of components, simplifies storage and ensures rapid availability for our customers. You can find out all about NORD energy efficiency under www.nord.com.

NORD DRIVESYSTEMS Pvt.Ltd. / Member of the NORD DRIVESYSTEMS GROUP 282/2, 283/2, Village Mann, Taluka Mulshi, Adj.Hinjewadi MIDC-II, Pune- 411057 Maharashtra INDIA Fon +91 20 39801 - 200, Fax +91 20 39801 - 216 info@nord-in.com, www.nord.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Flying with Siemens integrated drive systems A successful maiden flight: Siemens, Diamond Aircraft, and EADS show-case the new “DA36 E-Star 2” with a serialhybridelectric drive at the Paris Air Show. The motor glider’s novel Integrated Drive System, which boasts a world record power-to-weight ratio, is scalable and is suitable for commercial use,in principle also in aircraft for up to 100 passengers.

The DA36 E-Star 2 during its one-hour maiden flight, which proved that serial-hybridelectric technology is suitable for commercial aviation applications.

A

t the Parisian “Le Bourget” air show, Siemens, EADS and Diamond Aircraft show-cased the next generation DA36 E-Star with a serial-hybridelectric drive. This drive concept enables quiet electric takeoff and a considerable reduction in both fuel con-sumption and emissions of up

The DA36 E-Star 2 lands after a one-hour maiden flight at Diamond Aircraft’s Wiener Neustadt airfield. Siemens Drive Technologies Division delivered an Integrated Drive System consisting of an engine, converter, gear unit and control electronics. To do this, the Division drew on its drive and engineering expertise from industrial applications.

64

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

to 25 percent. The second generation aircraft has proven that this technology is suitable for commercial use.

After successful preliminary testing in 2011, joint development efforts by the compa-nies involved have now reached a further milestone. The aircraft exhibited at the “Le Bourget” air show successfully completed a one-hour maiden flight at Wiener Neu-stadt airfield on June 1. Thanks to the innovative integrated drivetrain from Siemens, it was possible to reduce the empty weight of the motor glider by around 100 kg compared with its predecessor in 2011. This means the aircraft has a realistic ca-pacity and range as expected from a commercial aircraft.

The propeller of the motor glider is electrically driven by a hybrid system, consisting of an Integrated Drive System from Siemens and a generator that is powered by a small Austro Engine Wankel rotary engine. The DA36 E-Star 2’s drive system pro-vides an output of 80 kW during takeoff and a continuous output of 65 kW. The elec-tric motor weighs just 13 kg. At 5 kW/kg, its specific continuous output is twice that of the first prototype and about five times greater than that of a typical industrial electric motor. The power electronics and gearbox are integrated into the electric motor and included in the weight stated.

For takeoff and climbing, additional energy is drawn from a battery Continue on page no.66

www.engrreview.com

BUSINESS NEWS

Continued from page no.64

The DA36 E-Star 2’s Integrated Drive System is characterized by its compactness and low weight. Its specific continuous output is 5 kW/kg. which is recharged during cruising.

This battery is provided by EADS Innovation Works (IW), the corporate research and technology network of EADS).

“The technology is scalable and will soon be making its way into small aircraft and in the future, commercial aircraft with 50 to 100 passengers, making aviation ‘greener’.” said Ralf-Michael Franke, CEO of Siemens Drive Technologies Division.

“This milestone in development once again proves that the Siemens “Integrated Drive Systems” concept is the way of the future in drive technology.

It also shows that this approach will provide higher powers coupled with increased energy efficiency in many different industries and applications.”

Siemens, EADS, and Diamond Aircraft also signed a declaration of intent regarding closer cooperation on the development of hybridelectric aircraft in the margins of the Paris Air Show. he Siemens Industry Sector (Erlangen, Germany) is the world’s

66

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

leading supplier of innovative and environmentally friendly products and solutions for industrial customers. With end-to-end automation technology and industrial software, solid vertical-market expertise, and technology-based services, the Sector enhances its customers’ productivity, efficiency, and flexibility. With a global workforce of more than 100,000 employees, the Industry Sector comprises the Divisions Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Customer Services as well as the Business Unit Metals Technologies.

For more information, visit http:// www.siemens.com/industry The Siemens Drive Technologies Division (Nuremberg, Germany) is the world’s leading supplier of products, systems, applications, solutions and services for the entire drive train, with electrical and mechanical components (Integrated Drive Systems). Drive Technologies serves all vertical markets in the production and process industries as well as the infrastructure/energy segment. With its products and solutions, the Division fulfills the key requirements of its customers for productivity, energy efficiency, and reliability.

For more information, Web: www.siemens.com drivetechnologies

www.engrreview.com

SEE BEYOND

TEMPERATURE

The NEW Fluke VT02 Visual IR Thermometer.

Fluke does one thing better than any other measurement company. We listen to our customers. This is what we heard: First, develop a low-cost solution that combines the convenience of an IR thermometer with the visual advantage of a thermal imager. Plus, make it easy to find hot and cold spots while scanning across a surface, and if possible, make it so we can blend both an infrared and digital image.

Call us on

1800 209 9110 for a Free no obligation demo

Done.

Deodhar Center, 424, Marol Maroshi Road, Andheri (E) Mumbai - 400059

F1310181267

fluke.com/beyondtemp

BUSINESS NEWS

DesignTech Systems Ltd. honored with the best channel partner award by Siemens Inc., India.

(From Left Fourth), Mr.Sanjay Daga, VP-Operations, DesignTech Systems Ltd receiving Best Channel Award from Siemens Inc India

D

esignTech Systems Ltd., a leading CAD/CAM/CAE and PLM solutions provider and a nationwide distributor for Siemens PLM Software in India, recently received the Top India Partner Award, which honors companies that demonstrate a commitment to providing quality service and consistent growth potential by reselling Siemens PLM Software’s technology.

DesignTech Systems is a distributor for Siemens PLM Software’s NXTM software, Tecnomatix® portfolio and Teamcenter® portfolio.

Managing Director of DesignTech Systems, Mr. Vikas Khanvelkar expressed his happiness and said, ““This year we delivered outstanding performance by recording a growth of more than 50 percent over last year, which is our highest year-overyear growth ever, yet it was a time with numerous challenges given the industry slowdown. Our team

68

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

worked very hard and we are happy that their efforts were recognized on an international platform during Siemens’ Annual Partner Event in Bangkok.”

“We congratulate the entire DesignTech team on this achievement. Their aggressive growth in the past year reconfirms our belief that together we are able to add significant value for our customers, including small and medium sized businesses. We also applaud the cando attitude of the entire DesignTech team and their channel partners. We look forward to continue working with DesignTech and delivering superior business value to manufacturers across India,” said Suman Bose, vice president and managing director, Siemens PLM Software India.

Mr. Sanjay Daga, Vice President – Operations, DesignTech Systems exclaimed, “, “The overall industry in India experienced a slowdown in pace

of growth in the last year, and achieving our targets was a great challenge for us. But I feel proud to say that we not only met our targets but also exceeded them. And we are confident that this year we will also succeed in not just meeting this year’s target but supersede our earlier performance and set a new record of excellence.

“DesignTech Systems became a distributor for Siemens PLM Software India for their CAD, CAM, CAE and PLM suites of solutions in February 2011. Despite being a distributor for only one year, DesignTech managed to deliver a remarkable performance and has been able to take home this prestigious award,” Khanvelkar concluded.

About (DesignTech Systems Ltd.)

DesignTech is a leading CAD/CAM/ CAE and PLM solutions provider in India. With offices spread across the country, it has served to more than 2000 customers across various domains in India and overseas. DesignTech also has a very strong Engineering Services practice and provide services to many manufacturing companies in India and abroad.

DesignTech has been adjudged as top 50 Emerge companies by Nasscom in 2010. DesignTech was recipient of prestigious Maharashtra I.T Award

by Govt. of Maharashtra. Nasscom “Emerge Out Forum” Special Recognition Award in 2012.

For more information Web: www.designtechsys.com

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

69

| July 2013

IN FOCUS

FLIR : Global leadership in thermal imaging technology

Mr . T . P . Si ngh - Di r ector ( S al es ) , Handheld C ommer ci al Sy stems , F L IR Sy stems Indi a P vt. L td.

Q. FLIR has gained credible market share in thermal imagers & IR cameras industry, how did FLIR manage this significant growth?

Our clear focus on strategy which includes 6 points helped us to achieve the same. 6 points are :● Market penetration: to gain market share in existing markets and create and enter new markets. ● Reduction of cost: so that the products can become more

70

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

●

● ●

●

affordable for customers at large.

Innovate: we are continuously investing in tomorrow in terms of R&D and as a result, our products are considered to be most advanced in terms of latest features.

Build Awareness: for creating larger markets.

Strategic M&A: helping FLIR and other new member companies to grow.

Financial Disciple: by carefully spending the money we earn. www.engrreview.com

IN FOCUS

Q. Can you brief us about FLIR’s global network & activities?

FLIR is a USD 1.4 Billion company listed on NASDAQ and is Global leader in the design, manufacture and marketing of thermal imaging cameras for a wide variety of applications that offers affordable, fully integrated thermal imaging and measurement solutions for applications such as Predictive Maintenance, condition monitoring, R&D, security and surveillance etc.

FLIR offers handheld stand alone as well IP based online systems. Thermography as well as Security systems are extensively being used by our customers all around the Globe including India. FLIR conducts business in more than 100 countries around the globe.

Q. What type of different products you deal in ?

FLIR has 2 main divisions- Commercial Systems and Government Systems. Our Commercial Systems business designs and manufactures products for use in a variety of emerging industrial and commercial markets where the primary requirements are to either see at night and in adverse conditions or to detect and measure minute temperature www.engrreview.com

differences. These products are useful in a wide variety of commercial vision applications, such as commercial and infrastructure security, transportation safety and night vision, recreational boating, firefighting, and personal night vision; and thermography applications, such as predictive and preventative machinery maintenance, research and development, industrial test and measurement, gas and fluid leak detection, and scientific analysis.

Our Government Systems business is focused primarily on markets where very high performance situational awareness tools are required.

Q. When you say Commercial Systems, what are the type of customers or industries you cater to ?

Within Commercial Systems, we have 2 sub divisions- Thermal Measurement and Thermal Vision. Under both these divisions, we have different products for different requirements.

For example, Thermal Measurement products gets classified as per market segment- Electrical & Mechanical, Building Diagnostics, Research & Development, Automation and Gas leakage detection. Same way, for Thermal Vision, we have different products for Law enforcement, Bor-

der Security applications, Maritime Night vision, Cores and Components, Personal Vision Systems and Automotive Night vision products. Altogether, for Commercial Systems, we have 100 plus different models as per requirement of our customers.

Just to give one example- for Electrical & Mechanical applications, almost all manufacturing Industries can get benefitted from our products by predicting the healthiness of their equipment/ machinery/ electrical connections. Electrical connections predictive maintenance alone can help them to reduce breakdown time and also help in preventing fire. For more details, we have many application stories available on our websitewww.flir.com/IN.

Q. Can this technology help to prevent fire due to electrical connections- which is the major source of fire incidence as per latest TOI edition of 17th Feb? This technology can do wonders for this application. You can “ SEE” tomorrow’s problem today with the help of thermal cameras. For example, if you see this digital image, you cannot tell if something is getting heated up. The moment you use Thermal Camera, this will identify the ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

71

IN FOCUS

Q. Can you please elucidate the contribution of R&D in the success of FLIR India products?

hot spots within few seconds as visible here in the second image, which shows middle connection has higher temperature than rest two. This can help to avoid any fire incidents due to loose electrical connections.

Q. How about FLIR India’s initiatives in thermal imagers & IR cameras space? Which are your focus areas?

We are having product range for Automation, Building, R&D, Electrical & mechanical, Gas Imaging for Oil & gas sectors and commercial Security market. In India, we are working for all segments mentioned.

Q. Does FLIR have manufacturing facility in India?

No, we do not have any manufacturing in India. Our manufacturing operations are in USA, Sweden, France and Estonia. We have sales and marketing head office in Delhi with regional presence all over India and surrounding countries.

Q. What are the issues you need to address that are related to thermal imagers & IR cameras industry?

The major issue is awareness. Many people do not know about this wonderful technology and few people who know, consider this as very expensive. We are trying our best to address these major challenges.

72

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

R&D ofcourse has played a major role. FLIR has always been ahead in terms of new innovations and our new products are the right examples.

Latest systems available in the market have ● wi-fi connectivity for data transfer through iphone/ipad or Android devices ● Bluetooth connectivity for Voice annotations and Current readings ● Touch screen display ● Excellent ergonomics with the well proven concept of a tiltable IR unit ● Sketch on IR/visial Image ● High Contrast Fusion ● Instant Report generation ● DDE

Q. Brief us about the quality policy for the business?

We are maintaining highest standard of quality and our products confirm the same. We are giving 10 years warranty on our uncooled detector of handheld range after product registration, that itself confirms the confidence we have in our product and quality standard we follow.

Q. Few words regarding you ?

I am a graduate Engineer with degree of B.E in Electronics and Communication. I did my management course from IIM, Calcutta and have more than 19 years of work experience. I am responsible for Sales of Handheld series of FLIR in India.

www.engrreview.com

Bright Annealing

Long Bar Heating

Blank Heating

Brazing Forging

Curing

Hardening

Fastener Manufacturing

Solutions Dedicated to the World of Induction Heating Rebar Coating

Pan Brazing

Pipe Coating

Billet Heating

Stress Relieving

Pipe End Heating

Shrink Fitting

Inductoheat is one of 40 companies making up the Inductotherm Group.

As a multi-technology, global organization, the Inductotherm Group serves the thermal processing industry by manufacturing a diverse range of products and services, all of which feature the characteristics of high quality, leading edge technology and top-flight engineering.

Retain your competitive edge. Call Inductotherm now at +91 2717 231961 or visit us at www.inductothermindia.com

Stress Softening Relieving Thread

SUPERIOR SHIPPING PROTECTION FOR FRAGILE INSTRUMENTS AND ELECTRONICS Molded-in, tongue-in-groove gasketed parting lines seal tight, resulting in a airtight and water resistant durable case

Patented, molded-in metal inserts for catch and hinge attachment points provide strength and spread loads to the container wall for maximum integrity

Molded-in male/female stacking ribs for secure stacking Shock mounts provide excellent shock and vibration cushion for delicate equipment

Molded-in ribs provide extra columnar strength Wide-design, Comfort Grip Handles™ come standard on most cases

Reinforced corners and edges (high-stress areas) with 15 to 20% more material

Fully recessed hardware protected from external impact damage

Aircraft-quality, precision-tempered 6061-T6 aluminum provides a high strength-to-weight ratio Designed to meet ANSI/EIA-310-C for universal rack mounting hole pattern

Designed to meet ANSI/EIA-310-C for universal rack mounting hole pattern (10/32 for US, M6 for International) Exceeds Air Transport Association (ATA) Specification 300, Category I requirements

Pelican-Hardigg™ Cases are world renowned as the toughest, smartest transport systems available for commercial, industrial and military shippers. Our innovative design process and rigorous testing methods continue to result in superior patented advancements that ensure

your vital, sensitive and expensive electronics remain protected. Pelican-Hardigg™ Rackmount Cases can take repeated drops, blows and soakings while protecting your gear. When it comes to electronics, nothing protects better than a Pelican - Hardigg™ Case.

www.pelican.com/er

Pelican Products and Services India Pvt. Ltd. Level “4”, Augusta Point, Sector-53, Golf Course Road, Gurgaon 122002 Haryana, India Tel +91 124 4354148• Fax +91 124 4354001

All trademarks are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Pelican Products, Inc., its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

NEWS UPDATE

Rutronik introduces Mini-ITX AIMB-201DS with 3rd Generation Intel® Core i Processors from Advantech

A

dvantech presents the AIMB-201DS, a new industrial-grade Mini-ITX motherboard powered by 3rd generation Intel® Core™ i processors with Intel HD graphics and DX1 support. AIMB-201DS is a slim design that can be integrated in ultra low profile thermal solutions. It comes integrated with SUSIAccess remote management and Acronis recovery softwares. The motherboard is available at distributor Rutronik as of now.

AIMB-201DS is an ideal platform for the signage market and can deliver advanced graphics performance for many signage applications, e.g. FIDS, menu board systems in restaurants and transportation and public service applications. The AIMB-201DS mini-ITX motherboard has three HDMI independent displays with CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) which controls brightness, sound and on/off status. It allows HDMI devices to control each

other and lets the user operate multiple devices with one remote control handset. AIMB-201DS also has I/O connectivity with up to one LAN, one serial port, one USB3.0 port and two USB2.0 ports.

The Intel® QM77 PCH chipset supports Intel Core i7/i5/i3/ Celeron up to 6MB L3 cache. The motherboard comes with dual channel DDR3 1066/1333 SDRAM up to 16GB. It has a 19V DC power input and supports DC power hot plug. Its heat pipe thermal solution covers the CPU&PCH. There is also an AIMB mobile cooler. Both solutions were designed with a smart fan function that protects the system from overheating and minimizes fan noise. Advantech’s AIMB-201DS with iManager 2.0 provides a multi-level Watch Dog Timer (WDT) to provide ultimate hardware protection by monitoring and minimizing code execution errors and resetting the system if any occur. iManager 2.0’s WDT will automatically restart an

application, soft-start the OS, or completely reboot the system by sending an IRG & SCI/SMI reboot signal to the platform. WDT provides advanced multi-level protection able to respond to many different types of events.

About Rutronik (www.rutronik.com)

Rutronik Elektronische Bauelemente GmbH is one of the leading broadline distributors for semiconductors, passive and electromechanical components in addition to storage, displays & boards and wireless products. The markets that the company primarily targets include automotive, medical, industrial, home appliance, energy and lighting.

Rutronik also offers photovoltaic and lighting solutions from its subsidiary company Rusol. Wideranging services, competent support in the areas of product development and design, as well as individual logistics and supply chain management solutions round off its customer and future-orientated range of goods and services. The company, established

by Helmut Rudel in Ispringen/Germany in 1973, employs about 1,200 staff worldwide and achieved sales of EUR 793 million in fiscal year 2011.

For more information Web: www.rutronik.com

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

75

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

76

| July 2013

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

77

| July 2013

NEWS UPDATE

Hannover Messe brings world’s leading industrial trade fair WIN INDIA to NEW DELHI

N

ew Delhi to host the world‘s leading industrial trade fair WIN INDIA – World of Industry for the first time from 17th to 20th December 2013 at Pragati Maidan.

WIN stands for “World of Industry,” a brand that Deutsche Messe has been using in Turkey for over 10 years.

The fair offers unique opportunities to companies seeking new markets and the organisers Hannover Milano Fairs Pvt. Ltd. & Deutsche Messe AG, global leaders industrial trade fair are extremely excited to launch WIN INDIA – World of Industry.

The event will host 6 specialized and dedicated industrial fairs under one roof. The individual fairs are designed to cluster particular kinds of manufacturers together. “MDA INDIA” will focus on Motion, Drive and Automation, Hydraulics & Pneumatics, ElectroMechanical Transmission. “Industrial Automation INDIA” will be dedicated to Process and Factory Automation and Industrial Building Automation.

“CeMAT INDIA” showcase Materials handling/ Intralogistics, Storage Systems, Warehousing and Logistic Services. “Surface Technology INDIA” will cater to manufacturers in Paint & Coating Systems, Electroplating and Surface Engineering Techniques.

“LASER INDIA” will bring together buyers and manufacturers of Laser Systems and Laser Technology for Manufacturing.

“Industrial Supply INDIA” is a platform for Subcontracting, Components & Parts, Composites and New Materials. Mr. Mehul Shah, Director, HMFI, said “As

78

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

manufacturing sector contributing 16% to country’s GDP, WIN INDIA provides the end to end solutions to all the manufacturing industry. DelhiNCR has big manufacturing belt which will benefit from our shows.

With successful show in Greater Noida, we are organizing WIN INDIA for first time in New Delhi, which is central point of gathering for all manufacturing companies.”

Exhibitor 2012, Mr. M. R. V. Johnson, GM Sales & Marketing, Voltas Material Handling said “CeMAT INDIA has always provided us with a global platform & quality akin to international standards. This year too, serious buyers came to the show with specific procurement plans and resulted in actual business on the floor. We look forward to the 2013 edition at Pragati Maidan and believe the quality of the show will certainly increase by several notches”.

Mr. B Narayan, Group President (Procurements & Projects), Reliance Industries Limited, “I was pleased to attend International Purchase Managers’ Summit, the event was very well organised. I also found the Expo well organised and well participated by wide range of companies from China, Korea, Germany, Italy and India. I am sure, it has helped to give a boost to the international trade in general and Indian industry in particular”.

Visitor 2012, Mr. Kailash Visputey, AGM Parts Procurement, TATA Motors Limited said, “It was really a great experience during our visit to the show at Greater Noida.

We attended the “International

Purchase Managers’ Seminar” and visited various stalls. The show is always well organised and laid out enabling us to interact with specific stalls as per our requirement and at the same time meeting International manufacturers. We are looking forward to WIN INDIA 2013 at Pragati Maidan”.

WIN INDIA – World of Industry is designed to create a consortium for industrial manufacturers, engineers, wholesalers and decision makers for government procurements like Defence, Airlines, Railways, Public Sector Undertakings of Central and State Government. Buyers and sellers will be able to meet in one location, achieve economies of scale and be able to find solutions to industry wide problems.

ABOUT HANNOVER MILANO FAIRS INDIA PVT LTD:

Hannover Milano Fairs India Pvt Ltd (HMFI) is a wholly owned subsidiary of two of the world’s leading trade fair organizers Deutsche Messe AG, Germany and Fiera Milano, Italy.

HMFI have been bringing world class trade fairs into the Indian market for Indian and international enterprises since 2007. The strong international contacts and the vast expertise and best trade fair practices of its parent companies are deployed in the fairs in India which is the USP of fairs of HMFI. Exhibitors and visitors will gain from the professionalism of the international leaders.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE

Red Lion Controls raises industry bar for HMIs with new graphite™ series Rugged Construction and Modular Expansion Capabilities Combine with Protocol Conversion, Data Logging andWeb-Based Monitoring and Control

R

ed Lion Controls, the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, announced the release of its newest generation of Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) – the Graphite™ series of advanced operator interface panels. With all cast-aluminum construction, the Graphite series provides the industry’s first rugged HMI solution to combine a wide range of versatile plug-in modules with protocol conversion, data logging and webbased monitoring and control.

Red Lion’s Graphite series allows customers to easily connect, monitor and control their process in industries that include manufacturing, oil and gas, and water/wastewater.

The series’ range of plug-in modules enables customers to easily create a solution for today, with an option to expand to meet changing business requirements. Further, organizations will realize a reduction in development and commissioning times over traditional systems that use an HMI paired with separate I/O, PLCs and other controllers.

“We have used just about everyone’s HMIs, and Graphite is by far the best in terms of appearance and functionality,” said Pierre de Giorgio, president at BlueBay Automation. “It is the most featurerich HMI that we have ever used, the graphics and resolution are amazing, and with Red Lion’s Crimson 3.0 software, the move to Graphite is seamless.”

Graphite HMIs are available in eight different models, in sizes

80

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

ranging from 7” to 15”, with sleek bezels that provide a relatively large display given their overall dimension.

Both the 7” and 10” HMIs are available as sunlight visible models.

Combined with Graphite’s rugged packaging, these models are ideal for harsh outdoor environments.

Offering a built-in web server, Graphite HMIs enable users to monitor and control their application via PCs, tablets or smartphones.

SMS text-messaging and email alerts provide early warning of process issues, which helps to avoid costly downtime. In addition, its built-in protocol converter allows programmers to select 13 or more simultaneous protocols from a list of over 250 to seamlessly integrate disparate devices such as PLCs, drives, barcode readers and panel meters.

“The HMI has become the nexus of the machine, and Red Lion’s new Graphite series offers the highest level of protocol support to simplify even the most complex multi-vendor environments,” said Jeff Thornton, director of product management at Red Lion Controls. “By logging performance data and critical events, customers can implement process improvements or perform faultfinding activities.” The new HMIs are supported by Red Lion’s award-

winning Crimson 3.0 software, which is included at no extra cost.

Crimson 3.0 makes it fast and easy to configure protocols, define data tags, set up sophisticated applications and create an attractive user interface.

Designed for ease of use, Crimson allows customers to cost-effectively standardize on one HMI for all of their machines, regardless of the PLC or drive manufacturer used.

For more information about Red Lion and its new rugged Graphite series HMIs, please visit www.redlion.net/ graphite.

About Red Lion Controls As the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, Red Lion has been delivering innovative solutions for over forty years.

Our award-winning technology enables companies worldwide to gain real-time data visibility that drives productivity. Product brands include Red Lion, N-Tron and Sixnet. With headquarters in York, Pennsylvania, the company has offices across the Americas, Asia-Pacific and Europe.

For more information, please visit www.redlion.net/together. Red Lion is a Spectris company.

For more information Web: www.redlion.net/together

www.engrreview.com

SMART CRANES COST LESS IN THE LONG RUN

At Konecranes, we believe that what we do is the part of your process. We have learnt this by working closely to our customers globally. Our smart features like sway control, load positioning, load synchronization, make the cranes more smart to work with and safe. Our remote data monitoring service helps to analyze actual crane usage data and to plan maintenance schedule effectively to reduce downtime.

Our smart technology and efficient service helps to manage complete crane operations during the lifecycle of crane, right from installation, operations, maintenance, modernization and so on. What you invest in Smart cranes actually cost you less in the long run.

PRODUCT RANGE: Electric Chain Hoist, Industrial Cranes, Process Cranes, Shipyard Cranes, Container Handling Cranes, Lift Trucks & Reach Stackers, Crane Maintenance and Modernization Services.

WMI Konecranes India Limited 19, Level 2, Muttha Towers, Don Bosco Road, Yerwada, Pune - 411006, India Tel: +91 20 400 47470, Fax: +91 20 400 47475.

Email: india.sales@konecranes.com, www.konecranes.in

NEWS UPDATE

Konecranes introduces Automated RTG system

K

onecranes introduced its Automated RTG (ARTG) system to the container handling industry at TOC Europe 2013 held in the month of June 2013 at Rotterdam, Netherlands. This new system provides RTG terminal operators with all the benefits of automation: operational cost savings, greater productivity, increased predictability and increased safety.

The Konecranes ARTG system is built around Konecranes’ marketleading 16-wheel RTG, which has a unique ability to tolerate rough yard surfaces. The system includes a complete package of truck guidance infrastructure, a Remote Operating Station with a specially developed Graphical User Interface (GUI), and an IT system that interfaces with the customer’s Terminal Operating System (TOS).

With its new ARTG system Konecranes has solved the problems that have been preventing the adoption of automated RTG operation. The

82

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Konecranes ARTG crane can handle the wide range of yard surface variations. The Konecranes ARTG system can handle the multi-dimensional complexity of truck traffic, which flows along the container stacks in an automated operating model.

The system is built around the Konecranes 16-wheel RTG, which is ideally suited to automation. The holistic combination of its intelligent steel structure and Active Load Control system copes with the wide range of surface variations inherent in RTG container yards, and with the variations inherent when a crane of this size runs freely on rubber tyres. Customers can start with their current yard infrastructure as they move to automated RTG operation.

On the process side, Konecranes offers a model for handling truck traffic that includes special safety infrastructure and intelligent stack gates. This model is the foundation for designing customer-specific operating models.

With this full-scale introduction of Automated RTG operation, owners and operators of RTG-based container terminals have a secure growth path to fully automated operation.

For more information: Web: www.konecranes.com

www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE

Aluminum electrolytic capacitors Snap-in series with extremely compact designs

T

DK Corporation presents two new series of EPCOS aluminum electrolytic capacitors in extremely compact snap-in designs. The dimensions of the new B43640* and B43644* series are 22 x 25 mm to 35 x 55 mm (diameter x height), depending on the type. Thus, both series are significantly more compact than previous series for identical rated voltage and capacitance values. Moreover, both series feature very high ripple current capability.

The B43640* series is designed for rated voltages from 200 V DC to 450 V DC and covers a capacitance range from 82 μF to 3300 μF. At a continuous operating temperature of 105 °C, these capacitors attain a service life of 2000 hours.

The B43644* series is suitable for rated voltages from 200 V DC to 500 V DC and is available with capacitance values from 39 μF to 2700 μF. These capacitors reach a service life of 5000 hours at a continuous operating temperature of 105 °C. Thanks to their more compact dimensions, these new snap-in capacitors are suited as link circuit capacitors in compact frequency converters, solar inverters and power supplies for industrial applications.

Main applications

● Compact frequency converters, solar inverters and power supplies for industrial applications

Main features and benefits

● Very compact designs of only 22 mm x 25 mm to 35 mm x 55 mm (diameter x height) ● High ripple current capability

● Rated service life of 2000 or 5000 hours at 105 °C

About TDK Corporation

TDK Corporation is a leading electronics company based in Tokyo, Japan. It was established in 1935 to commercialize ferrite, a key material in electronic and magnetic products.

TDK’s portfolio includes electronic components, modules and systems marketed under the product brands TDK and EPCOS, power supplies, magnetic application products as well as energy devices, flash memory application devices, and others.

TDK focuses on demanding markets in the areas of information and communication technology and consumer, automotive and industrial electronics. The company has a network of design and manufacturing

locations and sales offices in Asia, Europe, and in North and South America. In fiscal 2013, TDK posted total sales of USD 9.1 billion and employed about 80,000 people worldwide.

About TDK-EPC Corporation

TDK-EPC Corporation, a TDK group company, is the manufacturer of TDK’s electronic components, modules and systems and is headquartered in Tokyo, Japan. TDK-EPC was founded on October 1, 2009, from the combination of the electronic components business of TDK and the EPCOS Group.

The product portfolio includes ceramic, aluminum electrolytic and film capacitors, ferrites, inductors, high-frequency components such as surface acoustic wave (SAW) filter products and modules, piezo and protection components, and sensors.

For more information Web: www.epcos.com

Key data

Series B43640*

B43644*

www.engrreview.com

Dimensions [mm]

Rated voltage [V DC]

22 x 25 to 35 x 55

200 to 500

200 to 450

Capacitance [μF] 82 to 3300

39 to 2700

Rated service life at 105 °C [h] 2000

5000

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

83

NEWS UPDATE

IMP Powers Ltd announced its audited financial results for the year ended 31st March 2013 IMP Powers Ltd. has an impressive order book of Rs. 293 crs as on date and IMP Energy Ltd. has an order book of Rs. 71 crs as on date.

Mr. Aaditya R. Dhoot Jt.Managing Director IMP POWERS LTD. Mentor: Transformer divisionIEEMA Vice Chairman-ELECRAMA 2014

86

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

I

MP Powers Ltd. have changed its financial year to March from June; hence the financial year of the company is from 1st July 2012 to 31st March 2013 (Nine months). IMP Powers Ltd. reported total income of Rs. 110.08 crs for the last quarter ended on 31st March 2013. Profit before Tax (PBT) for the last quarter ended on 31st March 2013 was Rs. 5.62 crs. The Company reported Profit after tax (PAT) of Rs. 4.66 crs for the last quarter Ended 31st March 2013.

IMP Powers Ltd. reported total income of Rs. 205.38 crs for the year ended on 31st March 2013 (Nine Months) (increased by 7.04% ) as against total income of Rs. 191.87 crs during The corresponding period in the previous year. Profit before Tax (PBT) increased by 27.37% To Rs. 3.41 crs for the year ended 31st March 2013 (Nine Months) as against PBT of Rs. 2.68 Crs during the corresponding period in the previous year. The Company showed increase of 27.25% in Profit after tax (PAT) for the year ended 31st March 2013 ( Nine Months) by Reporting PAT of Rs. 2.28 crs as against PAT of Rs. 1.79 crs during the corresponding period In the previous year.

IMP’s consolidated total income is Rs.207.77 crs for the year ended on 31st March 2013 (Nine Months) (increased by 8.29%) as against consolidated total income of Rs. 191.87 crs during the corresponding period in the previous year. Consolidated Profit before

Tax (PBT) Increased by 37.45% to Rs. 3.67 crs for the year ended 31st March 2013 (Nine Months) as against consolidated PBT of Rs. 2.67 crs during the corresponding period in the previous Year. The Company showed increase of 40.78% in consolidated Profit after tax (PAT) for the Year ended 31st March 2013 (Nine Months) by reporting consolidated PAT of Rs. 2.52 crs as against consolidated PAT of Rs. 1.79 crs during the corresponding period in the previous Year. The consolidated total income of the Company for the previous Year ended 30th June, 2012 Was Rs. 282.33 crs. Consolidated Profit before Tax (PBT) was Rs. 9.73 crs and Consolidated Profit after Tax was Rs. 6.75 crs for the year ended 30th June 2012.

IMP Energy Ltd. (IEL) a subsidiary of IMP Powers Ltd. reported a total income of Rs. 3.27 crs for the year ended on 31st March 2013. Profit before Tax (PBT) is Rs. 0.29 crs for the year Ended 31st March 2013. The Profit after tax (PAT) for the year ended 31st March 2013 is Rs. 0.26 crs.

IMP Powers Ltd. has an impressive order book of Rs. 293 crs as on date and IMP Energy Ltd. has an order book of Rs. 71 crs as on date.

For more information Web: www.imp-powers.com

www.engrreview.com

SMS igus to 52424 For ...

Free 24 h Express Catalogue Technical Visit Sample Request Any other info...

plastics for longer life®

... Life up

cost down ... the-chain

Despatched in 24 h or today*

®

energy for your motion. from 24 hours.

dry-tech bearing lubrication-free for your motion. from 24 hours.

Lower costs and raise service life by eliminating lubrication and lowering maintenance works, everything delivered from stock immediately - that is the core idea for iglidur ® plain bearings, igubal® spherical bearings, drylin® linear bearings, chainflex® cables, e-chains® and pre-assembled readychain® systems.

/cost down-life up

igus ® (India) Pvt. Ltd. Dodda Nekkundi Industrial Area - 2nd Stage 36/1, Sy. No. 17/3 Mahadevapura, Bangalore -560048, Euro School Road Karnataka, India

info@ igus.in Phone +91-80-45 12 78-00 Fax +91-80-45 12 78-02

NEWS UPDATE

World’s largest T&D ( Transmission & Distribution Power Equipment) confluence ELECRAMA comes to Bangalore Karnataka State assures full support to 2014 Edition.

● Contribution of Indian electrical equipment industry to Indian economy to at least double in 10 years ● IEEMA to organize ELECRAMA2014 in the Bangalore for the very first time ● ELECRAMA 2014 to be held from January 8th to 12th, 2014 at Bangalore.

C

ontribution of the Indian electrical equipment industry to the Indian economy will double, and can even triple, in the next 10 years, according to Mr S V Ranganath, Chief Secretary, Government of Karnataka. He stated this at the launch function of ELECRAMA-2014 at Bangalore, organized by the Indian Electrical & Electronics Manufacturers’ Association (IEEMA), the apex association of electrical equipment manufacturers in India.

“Indian electrical equipment industry has done well, but it not performing up to its full potential, which is far greater than what it has achieved. We need to give confidence to international investors. The growth rate of the country is the growth rate of power sector” said Mr S V Ranganath. He expressed the Government of Karnataka’s full support to ELECRAMA-2014 being organized in Bangalore in January 2014 and said that “ELECRAMA will also showcase Bangalore as an international destination for major events. It is win – win situation for both”.

88

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The 11th edition of the world’s largest power transmission and distribution (T&D) confluence, ELECRAMA-2014,to be held at Bangalore International Exhibition Centre (BIEC) between January 8-12, 2014, will showcase the global competitiveness of Indian products and the capability of local manufacturers to develop world class engineering products at competitive costs.ELECRAMA-2014 will be at the heart of India’s infotech nucleus and the technology superhub city – Bangalore, for the first time.

ELECRAMA-2014 expo in Bangalore will be a generation ahead, in terms of core services, features and amenities - highest quality on par with international standards.

Mr. J.G. Kulkarni, President, IEEMA, said, “We are extremely pleased with the support promised by the Karnataka State Government for our biennial flagship event to be held at the software city of Bangalore in early 2014. ELECRAMA-2014 will scale new heights and surpass all previous editions. We have taken a unique theme of ‘Go Global’ which will focus on global competitiveness of products manufactured in India. We have got the necessary infrastructure and the capability to develop world class engineering products at competitive costs.”

By showcasing the ‘Go Global’ theme, India will be targeting a 5% share of global trade in electrical equipment in the next ten years in order to help exports reach a level of $25 billion. IEEMA will also encourage African countries to participate in

the forthcoming ELECRAMA-2014 event at Bangalore aimed at boosting electrical equipment exports.

Mr. SanjeevSardhana, Chairman, ELECRAMA 2014, said, “Africa has about 54 countries with a combined population of around 6.5 billion people. However, electrification in these countries is barely 30% which means there is scope of the rest 70% to get electrified. We see a large untapped opportunity for our electrical equipment exports going ahead with the ELECRAMA 2014 theme of Go Global. I am extremely confident that the event will throw open a wide-ranging opportunity for African counterparts at ELECRAMA 2014 which will showcase the global competitiveness of Indian products”.

The five day event at ELECRAMA 2014 has been designed to allow participants to experience its multilateral approach to exhibitions and allied events.Among the concurrent events lined up, ELECRAMA 2014 will unveil the 9thTrafotech International Conference on Transformers scheduled to be held on January 9-10, 2014. The TRAFOTECH 2014, held once in four years, will provide transformer designers, manufacturers, users and consultants a common platform to review the latest advances and futuristic trends, share operational experiences and discuss the requirements of transformers for smart grid systems.

The ChangeXchange 2014 – 2nd Reverse Buyer-Seller Meet (RBSM), Continue on page no.90

www.engrreview.com

190X250

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

89

| July 2013

NEWS UPDATE

Continued from page no.88 supported by the Department of Commerce, Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India, will allow participants from the African nations to meet over 1,000 suppliers from India. The ChangeXchange 2014 will be the biggest meeting place of international buyers who plan to source electrical products and equipment from India.

The CEOs summit involving giants of the global electrical equipment Industry will feature live panel discussion with eminent experts brainstorming on current challenges and opportunities in T & D Business.

At the international T&D conclave event, stakeholders from the global power, transmission and distribution sector will participate and present their views.

The event will also feature Engineer Infinite 2014, through which ELECRAMA 2014 will continue its search for new talent in the field of electrical and allied engineering.

Engineer Infinite 2014 will be a pan India competition for the third and final year students looking for innovative solutions in the electrical T&D domain.

About IEEMA and ELECRAMA

IEEMA is a 65 year old Industry Association representing the Indian electrical, industrial electronics and allied equipment industry. IEEMA has over 800members with a combined annual turnover over US$25 billion. IEEMA is consulted for policy formulation as the industrygovernment interface, and evolves product standards alongside India’s standards setting body the BIS. IEEMA publishes statistics pertaining to trade and growth, export promotion, raw material price indices etc.

IEEMA facilitates industry – user interactions through international technical conferences, roundtables and training/tutorials sessions, and the monthly publication IEEMA Journal. ELECRAMA is IEEMA’s flagship event, and today is the largest tradeshows in the world focused on power transmission &distribution equipment, solutions and services. ELECRAMA provides an ideal partnership venue for domestic and international to meet, discuss, understand and explore the massive opportunity that India has to offer as a market.

For more information IEEMA: Rajeev Ketkar Dy. Director - PR & Membership Cell | E-mail: rajeev.ketkar@ieema.org Cell: +919769802610.

90

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

IEEMA seeks PM’s intervention to revive Domestic Electrical Equipment Industry ● IEEMA seeks Government’s support for level playing field to compete with cheap imports

● Seeks increase of basic customs duty on all electrical equipment products to a uniform 10% ● Seeks greater encouragement to indigenous manufacturing

● The industry registered a negative growth for the first time in a decade in 2012-13.

T

he Indian Electrical & Electronics Manufacturers’ Association (IEEMA), an apex body of the country’s $25 billion electrical equipment industry, has appealed to the Prime Minister to intervene and safeguard the interests of Indian manufacturers against the constant onslaught of imported equipment in the power sector, especially from China.

In a detailed representation, IEEMA President Mr. J G Kulkarni has requested that the government should introduce a uniform basic customs duty of 10 percent on all electrical equipment from 7.5 percent in case of transmission and distribution equipment and 5 percent on generation equipment.

“The above measures will support Indian manufacturers, who are not seeking protection but a level playing field, and provide necessary safeguards to the domestic industry that is facing nonmarket competition on account of cut throat below-cost entry level prices offered

by Chinese manufacturers,” said Mr. J.G Kulkarni, President, IEEMA. “The recent initiative of setting a timeline for the manufacturing sector is a welcome move and we hope that the committee headed by the honourable Prime Minister would also look into boosting the morale of the electrical and electronics manufacturing industry,” said Mr Kulkarni.

Continue on page no.92 www.engrreview.com

-Double Compression Cable Gland

for armoured cables

NEW

the real IP 68 solution

Engineered in Germany, produced in India!

s 7EATHERPROOF 7ATERPROOF

&LAMEPROOF %XPLOSIONPROOF

s /NLY SIZES NEEDED FOR #LAMPING RANGE Ø 12 n MM

s 3UITABLE FOR GAS GROUP ))! ))" ))#

:ONE 1 %X D

s -ORE PRODUCTS

s THREAD "3# -ETRIC s !PPROVED THROUGH #)-&2 )NDIA )"%X5 'ERMANY

Geissel India Pvt. Ltd. · Gat No. 1102, Mutha Road Pirangut, Taluka Mulshi · IND - PUNE - 412115 Tel.: +91 20 229 22125 · info@geissel-india.com A Member of The Geissel Group, Germany

NEWS UPDATE

Continued from page no.90 The industry has been long suffering due to inexpensive imports and is at a constant disadvantage vis-à-vis imports due to sales tax / VAT, entry tax / octroi; higher financing cost; lack of quality infrastructure; dependence on foreign sources for critical raw material and components, etc.

For the first time in 10 years, the T&D equipment sector has seen a negative growth of 7.8% in 2012-13.

The industry has experienced hardly any growth in capital expenditure manufacturers are working at less than 70% of their production capacity.

During the last seven years, 2005-06 to 2012-13, India’s imports of electrical equipment have increased at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 24.67% in rupee terms and were at Rs 64,674 crore in 2012-13.

China’s share in Indian imports of electrical equipment has dramatically increased in the last few years and now it stands at 44.92% (2012-13) of the total from 15.26% in 2005-06. Imports from China have grown at a CAGR of 45.46% in the last seven years and were INR 29,054 crore in 2012-13. “ Imports of electrical equipment in the country have assumed very threatening proportions and have now captured close to 40% of the market for electrical equipment in India. However, with imports becoming costlier in a volatile currency environment and likely to hurt power projects, government should take necessary steps to encourage domestic equipment manufacturers and boost local demand for power equipment.” said Mr. Kulkarni. IEEMA has

92

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

also requested the government to frame model procurement guidelines for utilities, besides ushering in standardisation of product specifications and design parameters.

As per IEEMA’s data, the proposed measures will provide a major fillip to the Rs 1.20 lakh crore Indian electrical equipment industry that provides direct and indirect employment to over 1.5 million.

In the event of the domestic built-up capacity standing underutilised across several products, IEEMA wants the government to stipulate a minimum percentage of the total procurement by any utility to be of ‘Made in India’ products. The government should also stipulate some amount of price preference for Indian products in procurement by utilities.

The apex association wants the government to initiate timebound action in the form of limiting participation in tenders for bidding for domestically funded projects to domestic manufacturers only.

IEEMA a truly national representative character. IEEMA members have contributed to more than 90% of the power equipment installed in India.

The industry exported $4.9 billion worth of electrical equipment in 2012-13.

IEEMA publishes statistics pertaining to trade and growth, export promotion, raw material price indices etc. IEEMA facilitates industry – user interactions through international technical conferences, roundtables and training/tutorials sessions, and the monthly publication IEEMA Journal.

IEEMA organises, its flagship event ELECRAMA, every two years in India, which is the largest focused exhibition in the world of electrical transmission and distribution equipment industry and showcases India’s manufacturing capability and strengths to the global community.

About IEEMA

IEEMA is a 65 year old Industry Association representing the Indian electrical, industrial electronics and allied equipment industry. IEEMA has over 800members with a combined annual turnover over $25 billion.

IEEMA is consulted for policy formulation as the industrygovernment interface, and evolves product standards alongside India’s standards setting body the BIS. Its membership base, ranging from public sector enterprises, multinational companies to small, medium and large companies, gives

For more information IEEMA: Rajeev Ketkar Dy. Director - PR & Membership Cell | rajeev.ketkar@ieema.org | +919769802610.

www.engrreview.com

Versatile and economical Universal CNC ID/OD grinding with Lean Selection allround • Up to three high-efficiency grinding spindles in flexible positioning • High precision B-axis with automatic continuous positioning • User-friendly handling • Perfect choice for individual and series production • Individualized automation concepts

LIVE at EMO

Erwin Junker Maschinenfabrik GmbH India Branch Office Office No. 104, City Square 29-2, K.M. Gandhi Path, Bhamburda Shivaji Nagar, Pune 411 005, India Phone: 020 255 338 96 Fax: 020 255 338 96 E-Mail: info@junker.in www.junker.in

Hall 11, Stand B74

NEWS UPDATE

“We need to build a brand India in the global electrical equipment domain” STATEMENT BY J. G. KULKARNI , PRESIDENT, IEEMA during Seminar on “Market Outlook for Copper & Copper Alloy Products in Electrical Applications”, Mumbai, 21 June 2013

T

Mr. J. G. Kulkarni , President, IEEMA

o be a globally competitive economy, it is well recognised that India needs to build domestically a world class infrastructure, both social and physical. An efficient energy supply system is a key ingredient for economic growth and quality of life.

Greater consumption of energy is both necessary for economic growth and also as a result of it.

The sustainability of our economic growth process will depend crucially on the level of energy security or independence that India is able to achieve in the future. Enhancing energy supply and access is, therefore, a key component of our national development strategy.Assured availability of quality power at reasonable cost not only acts as a catalyst in the socio-economic development of the nation but also enhances the global competitiveness of the domestic industry, leading to greater employment generation and higher

94

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

levels of per capita income. Power is the most crucial infrastructure that we require and also one which takes the maximum time to build. To sustain our growth process, we need to ensure uninterrupted power supply of the desired quality at reasonable prices.

India’s Power Sector

India currently has an installed power generation capacity of about 225 GW. India, with over a 1.3 billion people, produced around 911 billion units of electricity in 2012-13. India’s per capita electricity consumption is not even one-fourth of the global average. 30% Indians do not have access to electricity at all. Large share of the Indian population is devoid of benefits of electricity. To sustain the envisaged annual GDP growth rate of around 8-9% over the next 20 years, it has been estimated that India will require to increase its electricity generation capacity to over 800 GW by 2032. This would require a match-

ing up gradation and enhancement of the electricity transmission & distribution (T&D) segment. The electricity sector requires a projected investment of about US$ 300 billion over the next five years. It is estimated that the elasticity of GDP visà-vis electricity generated in India is currently 0.9. That is for every 1% growth in GDP, there has to be 0.9% growth in electricity generated. The elasticity is expected to be broadly 0.9 during the 12th Five Year Plan (2012-2017) and 0.8 during the 13th Plan (2017-2022).

In the 11th Plan, an addition of record 54 GW was achieved in the power generation capacity. Though the achievement in 11th Plan is more than two and a half times that of the 10th Plan, it was only 68.5% of the target of 79 GW. In the 12th Plan, addition of about 88.5 GW is expected, excluding 30 GW of renewable capacity addition. The share of the private sector in capacity addition is expected to increase from 36% in 11th Plan to 53% in the 12th Plan. S e v e r a l large infrastructure and other projects, including power, in the country have been stalled and have adversely impacted several other upcoming downstream and associated projects as well. These issues need to be immediately tackled by the government so that the projects come back online expeditiously and have the desired multiplier effect on the economy. The government should expeditiously address the challenges confronting the country’s power sector, including the problems in fuel linkages, land Continue on page no.96

www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE

Continued from page no.94 acquisition, environmental and other clearances, precarious financial health of utilities, etc. We need to address in a concerted manner the challenges being faced by India’s power sector which are impacting our ability to meet capacity addition targets.

The entire power sector value chain crucially hinges on the financial viability of the power distribution sector and we need to focus on improving its performance, especially of the government-owned power distribution utilities, and reducing the AT&C losses. Poor financial health of State distribution utilities continues to adversely affect both existing and planned projects, leaving developers with no option but to run projects at sub-optimal capacities or go slow on the commissioning schedules.

Capacity additions in different segments of the power sector viz. generation, transmission and distribution is capital intensive. The focus of investments in the Indian power sector has typically been in the generation segment. Power transmission and distribution segments have lagged behind. In the 11th Plan, it is estimated that out of the total investment in the power sector, around 55% was invested in generation, 15% in transmission and 30% in distribution. The T&D sector requires greater and focussed attention than given till now. The lopsided investment pattern needs to be corrected and we need an investment ratio of 2:1:2 amongst generation, transmission and distribution segments in order to achieve a balanced growth in the power sector. It is heartening that there is some move towards correcting this lopsided investment pattern in the 12th Plan. The total funds required by the power sector in the 12th Plan have been been estimated at INR 13.73 lakh crores, out of which 47% are for generation and the rest

96

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

53% for T&D and others. Apart from the generation capacity target, planned additions in the transmission sector during the 12th Plan include 1,10,340 ckm of transmission lines, 2,70,000 MVA of AC transformation capacity, and 19,250 MW bipole link capacity of HVDC systems.

This is against an incremental addition of 70,286 ckm of transmission lines; 1,50,362 MVA of AC transformation capacity and 3,000 MW of HVDC systems achieved in the 11th Plan. The inter-regional power transfer capacity is projected to increase to 65,550 MW at the end of the 12th Plan from 27,750 MW at the end of the 11th Plan.

Electrical Equipment Industry

To generate, transmit and distribute electricity, the country requires a robust and healthy domestic electrical equipment industry, encompassing the complete value chain in power generation, transmission and distribution equipment. The electrical equipment industry is, therefore, not only crucial for the economy but also of strategic importance to the nation. The Indian electrical equipment industry, INR 1.20 lakh crores in 2011-12, comprises of two segments - generation equipment (boilers, turbines, generators) and transmission & distribution (T&D) and allied equipment like transformers, cables, transmission lines, switchgears, rotating machines, capacitors, energy meters, instrument transformers, surge arrestors, stamping and lamination, insulators, insulating material, industrial electronics, indicating instruments, winding wires, etc. The generation equipment sector is 26% of the total industry, while the T&D equipment sector is the rest 74%.

The industry is fully geared up to meet the likely demand arising out of the 12th Plan and even beyond. The industry is 10.00% of the manufacturing sector is terms of value and 1.44% of the GDP. It also provides

direct and indirect employment to 1.5 million people and over 5 million across the entire value chain. Based on the projections of the government for capacity enhancement in power generation, transmission and distribution in the 10th, 11th and 12th Plans, the domestic electrical equipment manufacturing industry made huge investments in doubling and, in some cases, even tripling its production capacity. The industry is fully geared up to meet the likely demand arising out of the 12th Plan and even beyond.

Growth rate of the T&D equipment sector decelerated to 6.9% in 2011-12 as compared to 11.3% and 13.7% in 2009-10 and 2010-11 respectively. For the first time in 10 years, the T&D equipment sector has seen a negative growth of 7.8% in 2012-13. In the last couple of years, there has been hardly any growth in capital expenditure in the T&D equipment sector. T&D equipment manufacturers are broadly working at less than 70% of their production capacity. In the last few years, the domestic manufacturing capacity of generation equipment has been also ramped up and currently stands at 25,000 MW per annum. With 6-7 joint ventures coming up in India, the capacity will increase to 40,000 MW per annum by 2014-15. As a result, even the generation equipment sector will soon be sitting on huge surplus capacity. The built-up capacity currently stands under-utilised across several products due to less than anticipated demand on account of the sluggish growth in the country’s power sector and a surge in imports of electrical equipment in recent years. This is significantly impacting the commercial viability of the domestic electrical equipment industry and impacting both the top-line and bottom-line of the manufacturers and threatening the employment of thousands.

This can have severe long term conContinue on page no.98

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

97

| July 2013

NEWS UPDATE

Continued from page no.96 sequences. During the period 200506 to 2011-12 (six years), India’s imports of electrical equipment have increased at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 32.63% and were at INR 75,175 crores in 201112. China’s share in Indian imports of electrical equipment has dramatically increased in the last few years and now it stands at 44.41% (201112) of the total from 15.26% in 200506. Imports from China have grown at a CAGR of 58.46% in the six year period and were INR 33,382 crores in 2011-12. Imports of electrical equipment in the country have assumed very threatening proportions and have now captured 43.40% of the market for electrical equipment in India, whereas there is significant underutilisation of installed domestic capacity, resulting in loss of employment of qualified engineers, technicians, workers, etc.

Disproportionate reliance on imported power equipment, with uncertain quality and lifecycle, and with no domestic manufacturing facility to provide immediate repairs, spares, replacements, etc. especially for heavy equipment, is fraught with long term risks. There are several other challenges faced by the industry which include dependence of some sub-sectors on imports of critical inputs like CRGO; slow pace of absorption of new technology by domestic manufacturers, and also user industries, and low investment in R&D; looming shortage of skilled technical manpower; inadequate and costly domestic testing and calibrating facilities for electrical equipment; lack of standardisation of product specifications; badly designed and diverse procurement policies and qualifying criteria of utilities; etc.

But, in spite of these challenges, there exists tremendous opportunity for the growth of the domestic electrical equipment industry. In addition to the huge domestic demand

98

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

arising from the projected growth in the country’s power sector, there is a huge emerging global opportunity.

Over the years, the Indian electrical equipment industry has developed a diversified, mature and strong manufacturing base, with robust supply chain, and a rugged performance design of products. There is also an emerging global reputation of Indian electrical equipment for sourcing of base products and components and also of Indian transmission and other EPC contractors. India’s exports of electrical equipment were around US$ 4.6 billion in 2011-12, but were less than 1% of the global trade in electrical equipment. With the electricity sector being a sunrise sector across the entire developing world, there exists significant potential for India to tap the export markets. We have been asking our industry to also start seriously focussing on external markets, especially those in emerging economies. Both the government and the industry need to work together.

The government’s responsibility is to facilitate infrastructure creation, promote the country’s capabilities, create a favourable and predictable business environment and promote R&D. The industry, on the other hand, has to work towards designing and manufacturing quality products, improving productivity, maintaining costs, etc. The industry also needs to focus on its price competitiveness and also on benchmarking itself with global quality norms. It needs to rapidly absorb new technologies and undertake continuous R&D and innovation to meet the evolving global standards for efficiency. Together, we need to build a Brand India in the global electrical equipment domain.

Because of its heterogeneous character, the domestic electrical equipment industry, despite its critical role in the economy, has not received focussed attention of the policy makers. Similarly, the numerous stakeholders, including the manufacturers, have not evolved a strategic

action plan for the industry’s growth and development and have focussed only on piecemeal short-term tactical measures. For the rapid development of the industry, a holistic view and action plan is required. All stakeholders need to proactively collaborate and take concerted and coordinated action so that the industry can further accelerate its growth process and contribute significantly to reducing the power demand-supply gap in the country. With this objective in view, under the aegis of the Department of Heavy Industry (DHI), Ministry of Heavy Industries & Public Enterprises, Government of India, and with support from IEEMA, a Mission Plan 2012-2022 for the electrical equipment industry is being drawn up in consultation with all the key stakeholders. The Mission Plan will lay down a clear 10-year roadmap for enhancing the competitiveness of the domestic electrical equipment sector.

Role of Copper in Electrical Equipment Industry

To bridge the gap between power supply and demand, apart from increasing supply, we need to also focus on greater efficiency in our use of energy. Copper is a significant raw material for our industry. It is an excellent conductor of electricity and its use enhances the efficiency of electrical equipment. This translates into lower operating cost, increased reliability and efficiency, longer lifespan and increased safety.

Consumers globally are increasingly demanding more energy efficient machines and copper provides the solution as it can play a major role in improving the energy efficiency of electrical products.

Switching to energy-efficient equipment, like high-efficiency motors and transformers, requires a modest additional investment which pays for itself within a short time in reduced energy bills. Copper scores over aluminium in areas like conductivity, resistance, better withstanding capability during short circuit, etc.

Web:www.ieema.org www.engrreview.com

NEWS UPDATE

Safexpress collaborates with ITM University, Gwalior ~ Develops a unique MBA program in supply chain & logistics ~

S

afexpress, India’s largest supply chain & logistics company, has collaborated with one of the top educational institutes of India, ITM University, Gwalior. Safexpress has been working towards bridging the huge skill gaps prevalent in the supply chain & logistics industry of India through its training academy, Safeducate. In line with that, it has tied up with one of the most reputed institutes in the country to create a specialized MBA course in this field.

Speaking about the importance of this unique industry-academia collaboration, Ms. Divya Jain, Director – Safeducate, said, “Supply chain & logistics industry is the backbone of the Indian economy and is one of the largest employment generators in the country. However, there are huge gaps when it comes to availability of quality manpower in this industry due to lack of formal education and overall industry perception.

Safexpress intends to fill these gaps by way of providing quality education, which has a right balance of theoretical and practical training in supply chain & logistics.”

She added, “We have introduced a two year MBA course with specialization in SCM & Logistics at ITM University, Gwalior. The first year of the course would involve general MBA education. In the second year, Safeducate will be educating the students on core concepts and practices of SCM & Logistics. We would also be covering Operational, Strategic & Implementation issues in SCM, Supply Chain Performance

100

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Metrics & Modeling, Logistics Management and recent trends in SCM. This classroom training will be followed by a six month industry internship in various organizations.

This internship will be divided into 4 stints of 45 days each and is meant to provide extensive on-ground training in supply chain & logistics to the students. This unique course will help the students in building a career with supply chain & logistics industry.”

Talking about launching this MBA program at Gwalior, Ms. Jain remarked, “We are delighted with this tie-up happening at Gwalior, one of the important education hubs in India. The culture-rich city has 5 universities and various national institutes making it a sought-after destination among students. Our specialized course will add a new dimension to the MBA education scenario in Gwalior as well as across India.” Speaking about her interest in future alliances between Safexpress and other institutes, Ms. Jain explained, “At Safeducate, we are working towards developing a world class institute which propagates global best practices in the field of supply chain & logistics management. Going forward, we will be introducing such exclusive courses in more educational institutes all over India to produce trained professionals in supply chain & logistics industry. It will help this people-intensive industry to function in a more efficient way, as well as to grow at a much faster pace.”

For more information Web: www.safexpress.com

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

101

| July 2013

NEWS UPDATE

Zicom recognized for technology innovation in electronic security industry

Mr. Sunil Rao – Head, Saas enterprise business, Zicom receiving the award.

Z

icom Electronic Security Systems Ltd., a pioneer in electronic security industry has once again proved its industry excellence by getting crowned for its concept of SaaS (Security as a Service) in the field of Technology Innovation in the industry.

The award was an outcome of a process to identify best practices followed by industry players and to also recognize prominent companies for their significant contribution towards cutting-edge electronic products and services.

SaaS (security as a service), an initiative by Zicom was identified as an innovative concept in itself through a diligent process that considered perspective from respective customers, experts and thought leaders. The recognition was a part of an award ceremony organized by Frost & Sullivan on 9th July @ one of the prominent hotels in New Delhi and was named as Frost and Sullivan India Electronic Awards 2013.

About Frost & Sullivan India Electronic Awards:

It identifies companies that have gained the users’ confidence leading to considerable brand loyalty. Frost and Sullivan’s Electronics Industry Awards have been instituted to recognize and reward these industry best practices in the B2B as well as B2C market segments.

These awards symbolize the individual recipient’s commitment, dedication and endeavor to focus on meeting customers’ needs and take customer satisfaction to an optimum

102

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

level in the industry.

Mr. Sunil Rao, Head – SaaS Enterprise Business, Zicom Mr. Sunil Rao, Head – SaaS Enterprise Business, Zicom says: “4 innocent lives lost in a major fire in the Mumbai branch of a leading Private Bank. Fire Brigade takes the Bank to court” All this inspite of the building being equipped with Fire Alarm Systems!

This disaster could have been easily averted if the Fire Alarm Systems installed in this premises was on 24x 7 monitoring for its health and Early Warning was sounded to its occupants for immediate evacuation.

To prevent such disasters and protect your employees and assets from Fire, Zicom launched e-Sense, a service offering wherein we connect your Fire Alarm System (from any Brand) to our Command Centre and monitor the health of System 24 x 7, 365 days a year. Our well Trained staff also notifies you in case of early signs of fire. Over 11,000 sites are already connected to Zicom Command Centre and its owners are enjoying Peace of Mind!”

Web: www.zicom.com www.engrreview.com

FACE TO FACE

“Today, India has one of the highest potentials for the effective use of renewable energy resources” Q. Please brief us the advantages of hydro-power projects against the other renewable energy projects?

●

There are numerous advantages of hydropower over other energy sources. These include:

Mr. Aaditya R. Dhoot Jt.Managing Director IMP POWERS LTD.

104

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

● Clean & Environment friendly - Because hydropower utilizes water to generate electricity, it is non-polluting. It does not create toxic by-products like powerplants that burn fossil fuels such as coal or natural gas. ● Renewable - Hydropower is renewable because it relies on the hydrological (water) cycle driven by the sun which provides a renewable supply of water.

Hydropower facilities harness the natural energy of flowing and falling water to generate electricity. Also saves scarce fuel reserves. ● Reliable - Hydropower can meet changing demands because it can go from zero power to maximum output rapidly and predictably. ● Efficient - Today’s hydropower turbines are capable of converting more than 90 percent of available energy into electricity which is more efficient than any other form of generation (the best fossil fuel powerplant is only about 50 percent efficient). Thermal is 35% and Gas has around 50 % efficiency. ● Flexible - Hydropower output can be changed quickly in response to changes in electrical demand because of the ability to control

●

●

●

●

the flow of water. This ability is considered essential to electric transmission grid stability.

Domestic and Secure Hydropower is a secure source of energy because it comes from water in domestic rivers and is not subject to disruptions from foreign suppliers, cost fluctuations, and transportation issues that are associated with other fuel sources.

Cost-Effective - Hydropower generation has low operating costs and a long powerplant life compared with other powergenerating options. Once the initial investment is made, powerplant life can be extended economically and remain in service for many years. Typically a hydropower plant in service for 40-50 years can have its operating life doubled.

Stored Energy Source - Because hydropower is most often generated by water stored in a reservoir behind a catchment area, a vast amount of potential energy exists in the reservoir which is available over a long period of time.

Instant Start Capability Hydropower facilities have the ability to start generation without an outside source of power. This service allows system operators to provide auxiliary power to more complex generation sources that could take hours or even days to start.

Growth and Development Hydropower has played in important role in the growth and www.engrreview.com

FACE TO FACE

development of the particular area where it has been set up.

Being located in remote regions leads to development of interior backward areas ( Education, Medical, Road communication, Telecommunicaation etc. ).

Q. What are the prospect do you foresee for the hydro-power projects in India? Kindly elucidate the benefits?

Present globalised and consumerised India need sustainable development mechanism for the better tomorrow.

Without sustainable development this cannot be achieved. Every part of life needs sustainability. For the energy sustainability SHP’s and MHP’s are the good and viable options for a better tomorrow.

Today, India has one of the highest potentials for the effective use of renewable energy resources.

The country has an estimated Small Hydro Power potential of about 15000 MW, out of which only 11% have been tapped. The remaining still needs to be. To achieve this the vision and mission should be development and management of water resources, address the full range options which can be attained through private institutionalized participation and transparent decision-making processes to achieve sustainable outcomes that benefit all across the country. ● The benefits could be Reliable and sustainable power. ● We shall get cheaper electricity as there is no fuel cost and the recurring cost involved in generation, operation and maintenance is very low as compared to other resources. www.engrreview.com

● It is environment friendly. Also can increase agriculture productivity. ● Social benefits like enhanced employment opportunities, enriched life style and improved standard of living.

Q. What, according to you, are the major thrust areas in the environmental conservation & management for generating hydropower in India?

We being into Small and Mini Hydro Power plant set-up the necessity of environment conservation and it’s management could be :-

Mr. Ajay- Director IMP POWERS LTD.

● Minimise the deletion of plants / trees in the project area. Inevitable should be replaced with new plantations nearby. ● Catchment Area Treatment ( CAT ) to minimize erosion in the catchment of the trench / reservoir thereby reducing siltation in the same. ● Reservoir / Trench wire RIM treatment plan to stabilize reservoir periphery. ● Conservation measures for flora and fauna native to the project site area. ● Rejuvenation of dumping sites and project sites using engineering and biological methods.

Q. After the Uttarakhand disaster, what is your opinion on establishing hydro power plants in the Himalayan region? What kind of pre & post safety measures should be adopted?

As

referenced

the

Uttarakhand ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

105

FACE TO FACE

disaster, proper planning and designing of Hydro power projects should be done. The project has to be built with due consideration of averting such natural calamities and also be careful that the project be not the source of such calamities especially in the Himalayan region.

Every pre-project reports should be authorized by competent authority and continuous vigilant engineering process adopted to adhere to the same. Once the project is completed, it should be well looked after – technically to keep it maintenance free.

Q. Why have you chosen J&K for your hydro-power project? What is the total area it occupies?

Our thrust areas for setting up of Hydro Power plants have always been in the rural and remote areas which really is in dire need of Electricity. It is this passion of developing these areas have resulted in identifying J&K for our such projects.

J & K has huge potential for Hydro Power generation. As per the current survey there have been 246 sites which have been identified as probable Small Hydral sites in the state with a capacity of upto 1411.72 MW. Moreover the challenging terrains have made us more concentrative to do SHP and MHP projects in J & K.

Q. What kind of support have you received from the J&K government in this regard?

IMP Energy Ltd. – having proven it’s capabilities and demonstrated the same with quick response approach for the projects allotted, now

106

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

have been considered a preferred company for totl solutions in Small and Mini Hydro power projects in LREDA, KREDA and JKEDA.

Q. What is the power production capacity of the plant? Let us know about its distribution & utilisation process?

IMP Energy Ltd., in a small period span of 1 year has bagged good orders from LREDA ( Ladakh Renewable Energy Develpoment Agency ) and KREDA ( Kargil Renewable energy Development Agency ). All these projects are at the most challenging mountaneous terrains. The projects are as under :-

PROJECTS AT LEH – LADAKH ( LREDA )

A. PENSTOCK ERECTIONS WORK AS BELOW – ( Erection work of Penstock – inclusive of civil work )

● 2 X 250 KW – MHP at TSATI, Nubra valley, Leh – Ladakh ● 2 X 400 KW – MHP at BOGDANG, Nubra valley, Leh – Ladakh ● 2 x 400 KW – MHP at CHULUNGKHA, Nubra valley, Leh-Ladakh ● 2 X 250 KW – MHP at TURTUK, Nubra valley, Leh-Ladakh

B. Complete contract on turnkey basis for planning, design, engineering, fabrication, supply, transportation to site, construction, erection, testing & commissioning ( Inclusive of operation and maintenance for 2 years )

AS BELOW :-

● 2 X 300 KW – MHP project at SHAYOK, Leh-Ladakh ● 2 X 600 KW – MHP project at WARIS-III, Leh-Ladakh

PROJECTS AT KARGIL ( KREDA ) A. Complete contract on turnkey basis for design, construction, manufacture, supply, erection, testing & commissioning. Also execution of power evacuation, transmission line ( Inclusive of running and maintenance of the project for 3 years ) –

AS BELOW :-

● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at BAIRASS, Drass, Kargil ● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at KHANDI, Kargil ● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at SANGRAH, Kargil

All these projects are still in the execution stage.

Q. What are the different turbines that you are using in the project?

Depending on the technical requirements of the projects and the water heads as designed we intend to use Francis turbines.

Q. How are you handling the sedimentation problem of the reservoir?

We intend to implement the following methods to handle the sedimentation problem of our Trench / reservoir to be built. ● Catchment Area treatment ( CAT ) for reduction of silt loads. ● Effective de-silting arrangements for prevention of silt. ● Silt resistant equipments for withstanding the silt.

www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

“There is a tremendous scope for growth of instrumentation in India” : C. S. Limaye Supertech is a name to reckon with in instrumentation. The company provides cost effective Automation Solutions that improve Client’s productivity, quality, competitiveness, profitability and success in the market place. It believes in working in partnership with its clients which is measured by its value-added solutions, which leverage its technical competence, experience, design standards, and project execution methodologies to provide the highest level of client success. – Mr. P. K. Balasubramanian speaks to Mr. C. S. Limaye to get insights in to the capabilities of the company and also to portray the scenario of instrumentation in India.

Excerpts:

Q. Can you say something about the metamorphosis of instrumentation in India?

Mr. C. S. Limaye - Director Supertech Instrumentation Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.

www.engrreview.com

Since its inception as an independent branch of Engineering, “Instrumentation” was known as the branch that deals with “Measurement & Control”. Its main focus was on large process industries such as oil & gas, petrochemicals, fertilizer, cement, steel, power to name a few.

In last two decades, the scope of Instrumentation has grown from “Measurement & Control” to “Automation”. This change has aptly reflected in change in the name of ISA from “Instrument Society of America” to “Instrumentation, Systems & Automation” Society and then to “International Society of Automation”.

The scope has widened in terms of the functions as well as the applications that it is catering to. Control systems are now called as automation systems and beyond measurement & control they provide automated operation, supervisory control, Asset Management, Management Information, Integration with ERP systems. Automation systems have proliferated into medium and small process industries, particularly batch processes such as food & beverages, pharmaceuticals, specialty chemicals, resins, paints, polymers, FMCG, lube oil blending to name a few and discrete processes such as

metal processing, automobile, packaging machinery, robotic systems etc. Automation systems are being widely used in homes, commercial buildings, hotels, multiplexes, sports complexes, data centres, airports, transportation systems etc.

Q. What are the new developments and latest trends in instrumentation?

Original PLC and DCS were developed in early 70’s before the advent of microprocessors, PCs and Ethernet communication. Phenomenal developments in these technologies have brought about a major shift in DCS and PLC architectures. The same Intel microprocessors that revolutionized Computers were adapted by DCS and PLC manufacturers in their controllers. The PCs with Windows OS along with powerful HMI were adapted as Operating Stations for DCS and PLC based systems.

Developments in communication technologies resulted in shift from proprietary Data Highways to Industrial Ethernet. With this shift, there is practically no difference between the latest versions of the systems offered by original DCS manufacturers and those offered by original PLC manufacturers. Some prefer calling them Plant Automation System (PAS) rather than DCS, meaning that they have more features than ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

107

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

the conventional DCS such as open architecture, use of standard field buses and wireless protocols, interfacing with third party systems, Supervisory control, MES and integration with ERP. There has also been a significant development in the Measurement Technology. Many technologies have matured and resulted in drastic improvement in the reliability and user friendliness of sensors and transmitters.

Today, the transmitters are chosen based on the transmission signals they offer rather than the measurement technology they employ. The trend is shifting from using sensors with moving parts to static sensors or even better non-contact sensors; analog transmitters to smart or intelligent transmitters. Due to increasing level of automation, the number of sensors and actuators (valves and motors) is increasing. To reduce the cabling required for connecting these, there is increasing demand for remote I/O and intelligent devices and transmitters communicating on field buses or wireless protocol.

Intelligent devices also carry important information about the measurement to the Asset Management Systems. For the electrical motors, people are switching to Intelligent motor starters which allow switching of motors through soft signals and monitoring of the critical motor parameters on the PAS. On the whole “instrumentation” is getting more affordable, reliable and userfriendly.

Q. Are we abreast of today’s world of digitization?

In spite the progress that we see today, my answer to your question would be “No”. Digitization is taking place fast but there is a severe lack

108

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

of awareness about how digitization is changing our lives, how it can be effectively used to achieve growth, increase productivity and increase employment, particularly in emerging markets such as India.

It means more involvement of Information and Communication technologies in every walk of life e.g. telephones, camera, TV, cinema, books, maps, air, rail and hotel reservation, banking, insurance, industrial automation. There is a need for increasing this awareness through various means. Probably your reputed magazine can play a significant role in achieving this.

Q. What are your activities and value added services?

SUPERTECH provides cost effective Automation Solutions that improve Client’s productivity, quality, competitiveness, profitability and success in the market place. We believe in working in partnership with our clients which is measured by our value-added solutions, which leverage our technical competence, experience, design standards, and project execution methodologies to provide the highest level of client success. Our range of services include Design & Detailed Engineering, Integration

& Supply of Advanced Process Automation Systems, Supply of Field Instruments, Erection Material and Accessories, Installation, Calibration & Commissioning, Intelligent MCC, VFD and Soft-starter panels, Energy Monitoring SCADA, Secure Power (Industrial UPS) from APC, Advanced Batch Management based on ISA S88, Historian, MES, Integration with ERP, After Sales Support – AMC, On Call Support, Remote Support.

Q. Which are the sectors you cater to?

We cater to medium and small process industries, particularly with batch processes –Resins, Paints, Polymers, Specialty Chemicals, Food and Beverage, Pharmaceuticals (API), Lube Oil Blending, Agrochemicals.

Q. What are your major milestones?

In 1983, we made a humble beginning as an Instrument Installation Contractor. In 1994 we first thought about backward integration in Design & Detailed Engineering and Systems Integration. In 1995, we entered into Alliance partnership with Schneider Electric for their Automation systems and VFDs. We started with Electrical systems and installation contracts as many customers demanded combined www.engrreview.com

PEOPLE’S PERSPECTIVE

E&I services. In 1997, we executed our first Turnkey Automation project for M/S Asian Paints. Since then, we have not looked back.

We added various other services and partnerships to cater to the demands from our customers.

We developed special expertise in automating Batch processes and in 2004, we launched our own ISA S88 based Batch Management software SUPERBatch. Today, we have over 25 installations of SUPERBatch. In 2007, we set up a separate team of software engineers for development and support of SUPERBatch, Enterprise solutions and Integration with ERP. In 2011, we executed our first project at M/S Kansai Nerolac for integration of automation system with SAP. In 2011, we have taken partnership of Schneider’s power business for Intelligent MCCs and in 2012 with their Secure Power business (APC) for Industrial UPS. With the objective of catering to the large process industry market we have recently entered into alliance with ABB for their field instruments and DCS.

Q. Could you give details of the most outstanding project you have executed? Please also spell out its uniqueness?

There are several such projects, but I would like to mention here the project we did for M/S Kansai Nerolac Paints Ltd. for their Water Based Paints plant. Kansai Nerolac is the second largest paint company in India and market leader in industrial/ automotive segment.

Our scope was turnkey automation.

We offered them “PlantStruxure” Plant Automation System from Schneider Electric. The system was based on Industrial Ethernet fibre optic ring network as backbone. We www.engrreview.com

used Emerson smart transmitters with Foundation Fieldbus output for analog measurements.

All pneumatically operated onoff valves were connected on Asi bus.

For motors we provided Intelligent MCC with Tesys U Intelligent starters for motors < 15 KW and Tesys T Intelligent Relays for motors > 15 KW. 250 KW VFDs were provided for TSD motors. All electrical devices communicate with PAC on high speed Canopen bus. RFID system was provided for operator login and tracking of manually charged raw materials. Supervisory batch management was provided through ISA S88 based Batch Management software SUPERBatch. Connectivity was established with third party systems – Pneumatic conveying (M/S Rieco), Filling machines (M/S Cadetronics), Pigging system (M/S IUS), Chillers (Blue Star), Robotic palletizing system (M/S Reflex Technologies). Schneider Industrial PCs were provided for field operation. Energy monitoring SCADA was provided to achieve energy efficiency. A large size plant display and PA system was provided for operator attention. Auto SMS of critical alarms was provided. A Historian Server was provided for archiving of process and batch data and web & Excel client tools for analysis. The automation system was integrated with client’s SAP system.

The system is currently under AMC with us and running smoothly. The advantages to the customer were getting a cost effective solution incorporating the latest technologies – Open architecture, Ethernet based, easy diagnostics, Advanced Batch Management, Historian based reporting tools, Dashboards, Integration with SAP. All services

from concept to commissioning were provided by us under one roof.

Q. What are the challenges involved in turnkey instrumentation? And how are you geared to meet them head on?

The challenges are manifold. The instrumentation market in India is dominated by a handful of global multinational companies. While most of their products are manufactured out of India, Indian subsidiaries of these companies are engaged in undertaking turnkey automation projects as a means of selling their products in India. On the other hand, there are a large number of system integrators who try to take their pie in the turnkey instrumentation market without having adequate resources. The competition is never fair. For a company like ours, we face competition with the mighty multinationals on one hand and on the other hand with small integrators who are willing take orders at any price. We try to meet these challenges head on by projecting our strengths as a company which provides a wide range of services required for an automation project under one roof. We have a high level of technical expertise in a wide range of applications across a broad spectrum of industries. With a strength of over 160 employees, ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

109

PEOPLEâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S PERSPECTIVE

Supertech is big enough to provide the depth of resources needed for responsive performance, yet small enough to give clients the personal attention and service they have come to expect from us. A successful track record of 30 years in automation business with highly reputed Clients all over India and Abroad helps us in remaining afloat.

Q. What are the allied products & services you offer?

Besides the products and systems from Alliance partners, we offer all items viz. sensors, transmitters, valves, cables, tubing, fittings, other erection material etc. required for execution of an automation project from highly reputed manufacturers.

We offer services of Installation & Calibration of instrumentation & electrical for new projects in all types of process industries.

Q. Did you ever think of backward integration/?

We started as Instrumentation contractors in 1983. Our first backward integration was starting Design & Detailed Engineering in 1994, then systems integration in 1995, which gave us capabilities of offering turnkey automation systems.

As the technology progressed, we added electrical, Intelligent MCC, UPS, Enterprise solutions to our fold.

Q. What is the scope for instrumentation in India and how conducive is the business environment?

In my opinion, there is a tremendous scope for growth of instrumentation (or automation in its new avatar) in India. Just as IT caused a revolution by automating the business processes, another revolution is round the

110

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

corner in Industrial processes. Unfortunately the business environment is not so conducive. After the winds of liberalization and globalization started blowing in the early 90â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, it was believed that global markets would open up and increase the pressure on our core industry to produce goods of consistent quality at competitive cost. This did happen and has given some boost to the Industrial Automation industry in India. However, it was far below the expectation. This is because we are still looking only at the domestic market. Unlike IT companies, the contribution of Indian Automation solution companies in global automation business is negligible.

Indian subsidiaries of multinational automation companies who control this business are not interested in looking beyond Indian market as they are already represented in other regions. System integrators are too small to make a global impact. For this industry to grow, end user process industries should look towards local automation solution providers as partners for their automation projects rather than multinational automation manufacturers. This will bring a fair competition among the solution providers as well as manu-

facturers. For the end users, it will give them an opportunity to choose the best of the breed in each category and reduce the cost of automation.

When the Indian solution providers gain strength in their own country, they will be encouraged to put their foot in the global market and make an impact.

Q. How do you look at the future of Supertech vis-a-vis instrumentation in India?

We see a bright future for Supertech.

As the technologies mature, there is not much difference in the products offered by various manufacturers.

The differentiating factor in the future will be services. Supertech offers a unique combination of international products coupled with reliable, proven, cost effective services.

Customers have started realizing the value of services and expertise.

Most of the orders that we get are based on our reputation and track record in delivering turnkey solutions and not the products that we offer. I believe that this trust will grow and help us in establishing as a major player in the turnkey instrumentation market in India. www.engrreview.com

PORT FOLIO

Supreme : Extending the growth horizon Supreme has a wide network of associates, distributors, agents as well as its representative offices in a number of countries as well as important regional locations.

Supreme has since extended its wings to provide complete solutions and services for energy management, GIS & GPS, Fiber Optic, Distribution Automation, Integrated Security Solutions for Government & Commercial establishments etc.

S

upreme is one of reputed players in the field of power transmission & Distribution systems up to 1200kV since last 4 decades. Supreme also provides Supreme also provides EPC & Turnkey solutions for installation of OPGW & ADSS on electrical T&D lines. Supreme has since extended its wings to provide complete solutions and services for energy management, GIS & GPS, Fiber Optic, Distribution Automation, Integrated Security Solutions for Government & Commercial establishments etc.

The range of products…

● UHV & EHV Insulator Hardware and Conductor Accessories For Transmission Line ● UHV, EHV, Connectors.

MV,

Sub-Station

● Substation Gantry & Equipment Structures

● Aerial Fibre Optic Accessories OPGW, ADSS & FIGURE-8 ● Transmission & Communication Towers ● Low Voltage ABC Accessories

● Accessories For MV ABC And Covered Conductors

● Anchoring Solutions for Emergency Restoration of Transmission Line

112

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

● Accessories For HVDS System.

● Poleline Hardware & Conductors ● Accessories For Earthing & Lightning Protection

Also provide complete Engineering, Procurement & Construction services in following areas… ● Solar PV Remote Monitoring Solutions

● Sub-Station Design & Construction OPGW & ADSS Installations & Complete Passive Network of Communication Backbone for SCADA Systems ● Smart Meter - Advance Metering Infrastructure (AMI) ● High Voltage Distribution System

● Distribution Lines & Rural Electrification ● GIS Services and Solutions

● Smart Grid Applications i.e. RMS, Renewable Energy Integration, Micro Grid, Demand Response etc.

For more information 53 Justice Chandra Madhav Road Kolkata-700 020, India Tel : 91-33-24745984/85 | Fax : 91-33-24746537 Web: www.supreme.in

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

AUTOMATION & PACKA

By Prof. R. Sreedaran

P

ACKAGING refers to packing various forms of articles. .The article can be consumable and nonconsumable in various forms namely liquid, solid semisolid, pasty, tablets, medicinal liquids, eatables, drinks both alcoholic and non-alcoholic type in various types and shapes of containers.

Why packaging is necessary?

The purpose of packaging is to cover the product, protect the product for smooth and effective transportation and storing and distribution with minimal damages to all the places where the article is needed. The packaging should also create a brand image for the quality is good. In brief packaging is a carrier of goods and good image of the product with the help of modern technology The role of AUTOMATION and PACKAGING plays a major role in the following products. The type of automation will be considered in the latter part of the article.

First we will give some interesting articles for consideration:

● Life saving drugs

114

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

● Special type oxygen cylinders ● Special packs for liquid medical items ● Special packaging for nuclear grade materials ● Special packing’s for battery for critical applications ● Special packages for biodegradable waste in the hospitals ● Special impact proof packaging for supplying relief materials like food, water, medicine, clothes in disaster affected areas .(TSUNAMI, EARTH QUAKE, LAND SLIDE HEAVY RAINS AND FLOODS EXAMPLE UTTARAKHAND)

Characteristics of packaging for the above items

● The packaging should be able to sustain the impact of the drop/ fall ● In case dropped in flooded area it should be able to float ● It should be fire resistant ● It should be light weight and easy to carry ● It should have permanent and perfect labeling system The above items are special need type and a conventional manual labour www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

employment in all sectors .It helped to improve the farmers and cattle owners and their standards of life was improved. However if full automation and processing and packaging is considered it would have created a lot of unemployment and social unrest in the concerned activities.

Meaningful automation with proper balance of using economical labor force and local material for packaging

AGING method can not be used. Here full automation with zero defects with fool proof method is necessary.

Now we will consider the Indian conditions with respect to labour, culture, habits, moral and social obligations. The packaging concept and method of automation differs from place to place due to social customs and cultural habits and living conditions. We will life. Milk and milk products play a major role in INDIAN ECONOMY. But the production and process of the same and distribution of the same differs from place to place. The fresh milk that is produced is immediately transferred into aluminum or plastic cans of 50 litres capacity. Further transport of milk to the individual customer is done in hand carts , cycles, motr bikes to the individual customer.

The second system is milk is sent to the milk cooperatives or private entrepreneurs .The above collected milk is tested for quality and processed with utmost care and pasteurized for safe consumption and packed in bottles, pouches, tetera packs with labeling and palletized www.engrreview.com

for distribution throughout the country. The whole operation is fully automated from metering, quality check and packaging and labeling to ensure high quality product is made.

The above system is followed in most metros and major cities. Here one is forced to think and come to a logical conclusion about looking into details of 1. Conventional method 2. Improved method with semiautomation to suit indian condition 3. Advanced automation with packaging system satisfying the international standarads.

â&#x20AC;&#x153;SMALL AND SIMPLE THINGS ARE BEAUTIFULâ&#x20AC;? This principle is more suited to Indian conditions.

The milk production and processing, transporting distributing from a small beginning with local ideas inputs of scientific method of working with affordable and innovative ideas with brought WHITE REVOLUTION in INDIA by Dr.KURIEN . The Indians are in apposition to afford milk and milk products easily. It also created a meaningful

Will help in quality production in Indian conditions. This should include computerized operation and data sharing and monitoring with the help to meet the social obligations and not affecting the middle and lower income group people.

The second and most important packaging of agricultural products.

India in earlier 70s used to depend on import of all food grains. GREEN REVOLUTION by Dr.NORMAN BORLAUG has changed the conditions.

Today India is major exporter of food, sugar and related products.All the above products require a perfect foolproof,all weather conditions packing with the highest grade of safety standards. Here Automation plays an important role, Here we have to use eco-friendly, reusable. recycle type packing material.

White goods. Medicines.oil and other food products requires full automation without human intervention for safety purpose. In conclusion we can not avoid large scale automation and packaging in our country for the most efficient storing, transportation and distribution to all the parts of our country.

For more information E-mail: editor@engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

115

TECH TRENDS

Tokai Engineering expands its in-house measurement capabilities with FARO Powered by

A

ll good manufacturers fuss over quality control and quality assurance. Maintaining high standards and ensuring that sound processes are in place is of utmost importance because it helps get things right each and every time. This emphasis on quality is perhaps even greater when manufacturers supply products to other businesses that also maintain high standards for their output. And Tokai Engineering, a Manesar-based Indian firm, is one such manufacturer who’s taken great lengths to build and maintain a relationship of trust with its customers.

Established in 2006, Tokai is a technology-based company that manufactures precision dies,

jigs and fixtures. As an example of the company’s commitment to maintaining high standards and quality, Tokai obtained the ‘ISO 9001:2008’ certification by TÜV SÜD within 3 years of starting operations.

The bulk of Tokai’s customers are from automotive industry, and amongst them are well-established firms such as Jay Bharat Maruti Ltd. (JBML), Caparo and Krishna Maruti.

Tokai spares no expense when maintaining its reputation of being a trusted partner of choice. The company’s approach to satisfying each customer’s high requirements is by first strengthening its capabilities.

Mr. Rajesh Khanna, Director of Tokai Engineering shared, “Quality is delivered only when you have sound infrastructure. We equip our manufacturing facility with the most advanced technology equipment available in order to deliver the best.” Part of Tokai’s state-of-theart manufacturing unit is a high precision, portable coordinate measurement machine (CMM) - the FaroArm. This allows Tokai to verify that its products are within tolerance, with high accuracy and confidence]

Complex Metrology Needs

Most of Tokai’s customers are automotive industry players - amongst them JBML, Caparo and Krishna Maruti.

116

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

As a specialist toolmaker, Tokai supplies a wide variety of welding accessories, equipment, tables and fixtures, complete with hydraulics, pneumatics and programmable logic controller (PLC) systems. Armed with extensive knowledge of the industry, Tokai also helps its customers to Continue on page no.118

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.116 Powered by

automate existing production lines and perform “fail-safing” work (otherwise known as Poka-yoke) to improve on existing fixtures.

With the projects that Tokai undertakes, inspection work and dimensional calculations need to be performed on its products before delivery. Additionally, some tasks require reverse engineering in order to obtain results. The sizes of objects to be measured can vary significantly, ranging from 500mm to 3m.

Prior to owning the FaroArm, Tokai handled all basic metrology needs in-house, mostly with hand tools, and farmed out complex jobs to vendors. “In the past, we used to outsource the more complicated measurement items,” revealed Rajesh.

“Not only was it costly for us, it also meant longer production schedules because we weren’t able to fully anticipate results and timelines.”

Motivated by the need for more control of time and costs, Tokai Engineering went in search of a better solution.

Tokai manufactures welding accessories, equipment, tables and fixtures in its Machine Shop and Tool room facilities.

118

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

A Better Alternative When FARO first carried out an on-site demonstration, Tokai was amazed by the full suite of capabilities that the FaroArm offered. The FaroArm high levels of precision and user-friendliness meant increased productivity for Tokai in multiple ways. Rajesh shared, “We instantly realized that with the FaroArm, we could save time from doing complex measurements in-house and complete inspections more quickly in general. Having seen how userfriendly the FaroArm and its software were, we were certain that our staff could be trained in no time too.”

Tokai Engineering decisively purchased the 8-ft Faro Platinum Arm in 2009. Since owning the FaroArm, Tokai has seen many positive changes.

“The first major benefit we enjoyed was eliminating the lengthy process of outsourcing our measurement jobs,” said Rajesh. “That gave us more control and shortened our production schedules, which ultimately benefits our customers.”

As the FaroArm replaced traditional hand tools, the higher accuracy of inspections and dimensional calculations also allowed Tokai to provide tighter tolerances on their jigs and fixtures. In addition, as a portable device, the arm could be deployed right where production is done, withstanding harsh conditions yet still providing precision measurement results. This is in contrast with fixed CMMs that require a controlled environment in order to function accurately. “The shop floor is typically very dusty and humid,” shared Rajesh. “Despite temperatures of 3040°C, the arm always gave accurate readings of the parts measured.” In particular, staff at Tokai appreciate www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

the infinite rotation that the 7-axis FaroArm provides. “It is easy to analyze complex components as the FaroArm can rotate to reach awkward angles,” stated Rajesh. “The versatility of movements makes it a breeze when taking measurements.

FARO’s solution continues to meet our measurement needs perfectly.”

Also valued deeply is FARO’s after-sales service that continues to help Tokai maintain its high quality standards. The presence of local support by FARO minimizes any downtime that may surface in daily operations. What Tokai found in FARO was more than a mere one-time solution.

Rajesh concluded, “We value the continuous effort that FARO has taken to ensure that we are able to maximize usage of the FaroArm in the production of our high quality products. Just as Tokai Engineering constantly takes great lengths to build and maintain a relationship of trust with our customers, FARO adopts the same approach with us.

We are delighted to have found a trusted partner supplier in FARO that has the ability to deliver long-lasting results where it matters.”

About Tokai Engineering Pte Ltd

Tokai Engineering Private Limited is an ISO 9001 : 2008 certified company engaged in manufacturing and supplying of precision Dies, Jigs and Fixtures. We are a technology based company having the Machine Shop and Tool room facilities. With our years of experience in this field, we manufacture different types of welding accessory, MIG welding accessories, MIG welding equipment, welding tables, welding screen, MIG welding machines, welding Jigs, SPMs, and all types of fixtures with complete Hydraulic, pneumatics www.engrreview.com

and PLC systems. We have been undertaking projects for complete automations of the existing lines in order to minimize worker’s fatigue and maximize the productivity.

For more information, www.tokaiengineering.com

About FARO FARO is a global technology company that develops and markets computeraided coordinate measurement devices and software. Portable equipment from FARO permits high-precision 3D measurement and comparison of parts and compound structures within production and quality assurance processes. The devices are used for inspecting components and assemblies, production planning, inventory documentation, as well as for investigation and reconstruction of accident sites or crime scenes. They are also employed to generate digital scans of historic sites.

With FARO, 3D measurement and documentation needs can be fulfilled confidently. As a pioneer and market leader in portable computeraided measurement, FARO consistently applies the latest advances in technology to make its industry-leading product offerings more accurate, reliable, and easy to use. The focus is

Taking precise measurements of small components with the FaroArm on simplifying workflow with tools

that empower customers, thereby dramatically reducing the on-site measuring time and lowering overall costs.

Worldwide,

approximately

10,000 customers are operating more than 20,000 installations of FARO’s systems.

The

company’s

global

headquarters are located in Lake Mary, Florida, with its European head office in Stuttgart, Germany and its

Asia-Pacific head office in Singapore.

FARO has branch locations in Japan, China, India, South Korea, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam, Canada, Mexico, United Kingdom, France, Spain, Italy, Poland, and The Netherlands.

Powered by

Harsh conditions of the shop floor pose no difficulty to the FaroArm, which can be deployed anywhere.

For more information, Web: www.faroasia.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

119

TECH TRENDS

HAAS : HE217 EMO 2013. Booth C12, Hall 27.

Haas to display latest examples from range of high-productivity vertical mills, turning centres, horizontal milling machines, and rotary tables and indexers.

V

Powered by

120

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

isitors to the 720-squaremeter Haas booth at EMO 2013 will witness cutting demonstrations on sixteen of the company’s latest model CNC machine tools, including: high-speed vertical machining centres; 50-taper, high-powered machines designed to take big cuts; high-productivity turning centres with live tooling and dual spindles; powerful, small-footprint drill-tap and toolroom machines; specialist vertical machining centres for toolmakers; and, of course, the Haas UMC-750 universal machining centre, which was launched in Europe at EMO 2011.

“Haas Automation has always thrived when trading conditions are difficult,” says Haas Europe Managing Director, Mr Alain Reynvoet, “and 2013 is already turning out to be one such year, with a 24% increase

in first-quarter sales, compared to 2012, much of which is due to sales of recently introduced products.

“Our machines are designed to offer lower cost of ownership, high productivity and outstanding reliability, meaning companies can invest with confidence knowing they can make parts quickly, efficiently and, most importantly, for a profit.”

The Haas UMC-750 universal machining centre: Flexible, 5-axis machining offers reduced set-up times and increased accuracy for multi-sided and complex parts.

The Haas UMC offers all of these at an affordable price, and with Haas Automation simplicity and peace-ofmind as standard.

The UMC-750 offers travels of 762 x 508 x 508 mm and an integrated dualaxis trunnion table. The machine is equipped with an inline direct-drive, low-heat 40-taper spindle (8100 rpm standard, or optional 12,000 rpm), and comes standard with a 40+1 tool side-mount tool changer.

The trunnion can position parts to nearly any angle for 5-sided (3+2) machining, or provide simultaneous 5-axis motion for contouring and complex machining. The machine provides +110 and -35 degrees of tilt and 360 degrees of rotation for excellent tool clearance and large part capacity. Special features: Tool centre point control and Dynamic Work Offsets.

The Haas DS-30SSY CNC turning centre: The DS-30 series of Continue on page no.122

www.engrreview.com

Superior solutions for

Power Quality.

EPCOS key components • LV and MV PFC capacitors (MPP, APP, gas-filled) • PF controllers (4 to 16 steps, single and three CT sensing) • Anti-resonance detuned harmonic filter reactors

• Tuned harmonic filters • Capacitor duty contactors • Thyristor switching modules (TSM) • APFC panels (LV and MV) • Power quality audits

EPCOS India Pvt. Ltd • A Member of TDK-EPC Corporation • www.epcos.com Mumbai: 022-42 56 06 00 • Noida: 0120-4 50 58 01 • Kolkata: 033-24 19 88 15 • Bengaluru: 080-40 39 06 40 • salesin@epcos.com

Anzeigen_Indien2012.indd 5

10.04.12 17:05

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.120

Powered by

122

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Y-axis turning centres combine dualspindle turning with Y axis, C axis, and live tooling to create powerful ‘done-in-one’ machining solutions.

The opposed spindles support fully synchronized turning and allow on-the-fly part pass-off to reduce cycle times. The machines provide 102 mm of Y-axis travel (±51 mm from the centerline) for off-centre milling, drilling, and tapping, and come standard with high-torque live tooling and a servo-driven C axis for versatile 4-axis capability. The machines are available in standard and Super Speed configurations.

Special features: 4800-rpm dual spindles and 24-station hybrid BOT/ VDI turret.

The Haas ST-10Y turning centre: The ST-10Y CNC lathe is an economical solution for small parts turning with reduced handling, in a compact package loaded with fullsize features, including live tooling with C axis.

The Haas ST-10Y turning centre was designed from the ground up to be extremely rigid, highly accurate, and very thermally stable. All castings were optimised using finite element analysis (FEA) to produce the most rigid designs, while improving chip and coolant flow, and simplifying maintenance and service. The spindle head features a compact, symmetrical design for thermal stability and rigidity, and the 45-degree wedge design greatly increases the toolmounting envelope and improves chip flow.

The ST-10Y is equipped with a 12-station VDI turret that indexes tools quickly to reduce cycle times.

The machine provides a maximum cutting capacity of 229 x 356 mm, and boasts 102 mm of Y-axis travel (±51 mm from the centerline) for off-

centre milling, drilling, and tapping.

It comes standard with high-torque live tooling and a servo-driven C axis for versatile 4-axis capability. Special feature: 6000-rpm high-speed spindle.

Also on display will be at least nine different Haas CNC rotary tables and indexers, including . . .

The new, cam-driven HRC210 CNC rotary table: The HRC210 is a high-speed, cam-driven rotary table that provides cutting and indexing speeds up to 830°/second.

It provides 149 Nm of spindle torque for synchronous 4-axis machining, and has a pneumatic brake that yields 182 Nm of holding torque for stationary work. Indexing accuracy is ±30 arc-sec, with repeatability of 4 arc-sec. The 210 mm platter of the HRC210 has a center height of 152.40 mm, with a 50.8 mm x 48.5 mm deep pilot bore and 45 mm through hole.

Six radial T-slots simplify fixture and workpiece mounting.

The HRC210 at EMO will be mounted and shadow cutting on a VF2SS super speed vertical machining centre.

Haas CNC machine tools and rotary/indexing products will also feature on at least five independent partner booths elsewhere at the show, including Air Turbine Tools®, Urma AG and Mircona.

For more information Web: www.HAASCNC.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Barcode scanning solution validates pallet labels to comply with GS1 standards & ensure supply chain traceability

Microscan’s QX-870 Raster Laser Scanner validates the barcode on the pallet label immediately after it is printed.

Powered by

T

he Paulig Group, an international food and beverage manufacturer, is known for its high quality products in coffee, world foods & flavouring, and industrial flavourings.

Founded in 1876, the family-owned enterprise employs nearly 2,000 in 15 countries and netted 870 million Euros in sales in 2011.

Paulig Coffee is the market leader in Finland and the Baltics, and the second largest supplier of roasted coffee in Russia. The company sells and markets roasted coffee, ready-to-drink coffee drinks, chocolate drinks, and filter services.

Hallmarks of Paulig include its wide range of brands, ongoing product development, seamless quality control, responsibility from bean to cup, and development of new coffee trends.

In January 2010, Paulig completed a state-of-the-art coffee roastery, which is located in the Vuosaari Harbour Business Park in

Requirement: An automated pallet labeling and barcode validation solution to meet GS1 standards for logistics labels.

Project:

Barcode scanning solution for pallet label validation at Paulig Coffee.

Solution:

QX-870 sweeping raster laser scanner from Microscan connected to Orfer palletizing and labeling software.

Result:

Compliance with GS1 standards, ensured quality and traceability, increased efficiency and elimination of human errors. www.engrreview.com

Helsinki. The facility fulfills roughly 100 million coffee packages a year for Finland as well as for export.

The Challenge

Streamlining logistics and shipping is one of the key development projects for the entire Paulig Group.

Transportation of completed coffee products to the warehouses of its customers in Finland is handled primarily by the customers’ transport partners. The products are packed for transport on recyclable euro or half-euro pallets, which are sized to fit efficiently inside the vehicles.

Paulig’s delivery service meticulously plans the packing of loads and transportation routes to minimize the number of transport batches.

As part of the development project, Paulig also needed to ensure that the labeling of the pallets was done to the highest standards to guarantee full traceability across the supply chain. Incorrect or unreadable barcodes could cause delayed or rejected shipments by Paulig’s retail chain customers, who generally place stringent quality requirements on their vendors.

Paulig contacted Informa Oy, a Microscan strategic partner in Finland, to find a labeling solution including printers, barcode scanners and label applicators. Informa Oy is the largest supplier of marking equipment, systems, and materials in Finland. The company, established in 1989, develops and supplies comprehensive production and logistics solutions for marking, coding, and labeling.

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

123

TECH TRENDS

The Solution

Paulig’s state-of-the-art coffee roastery completes roughly 100 million coffee packages a year.

The QX-870 Industrial Raster Laser Scanner from Microscan View a video of the labeling solution at: info.microscan.com/ PauligVideo. html Overview Customer: Paulig Group – Gustav Paulig Ltd Industry: Food & Beverage Application: Pallet Label Validation Product: Microscan QX-870 Industrial Raster Laser Scanner Reseller/integrator: Informa Oy

124

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Informa designed a marking solution for Paulig that not only prints and applies labels on two sides of the pallets, but also simultaneously validates the quality and readability of the barcode on the label to universally recognized GS1 standards.

Once a ready pallet approaches the end of the packaging line, all the necessary data for the label is sent to the thermal printer from a centralized manufacturing database. When the labeling system detects the pallet, a label is printed and applied with a robotic arm. The arm holds the label and swings to the front of the pallet and applies the label using a tamp pad directly onto the pallet. The pallet moves forward on the line, where a second identical label is applied to its side.

The A5 sized label meets the GS1 Standard International Logistic Label (STILL) recommendations for label code format, ensuring full traceability of each pallet and preventing successive relabeling of logistic units as they move through the supply chain. Each logistic unit must be identified with a unique serial number, the Serial Shipping Container Code (SSCC). The SSCC enables applications such as cross docking, shipment routing, and automated receiving.

Informa recommended the QX870 sweeping raster laser scanner from Microscan for scanning and validating the barcode on the label immediately after it has been printed. The QX-870 laser scanner partners the latest technologies in barcode reading and connectivity in an easy-to-use solution for barcode track, trace and control applications.

It is simple to set up and deploy, and

features a programmable sweeping raster to read multiple codes in varying locations.

The Benefits

Inaccurate or unreadable barcodes on a pallet label can cause serious issues in the supply chain. Jari Hanén, Key Account Manager at Informa, explains: “Retailers and manufacturers usually have strict delivery and quality agreements. A poor quality barcode on a product or a pallet can result in delivery delays as well as extra costs, which could lead to sanctions or penalty fees.”

Hanén continues: “We recommended the QX-870 from Microscan thanks to its reliability. Even though the pallet could be registered manually or with handheld barcode scanners, an integrated and automated barcode scanning solution is the fastest and most reliable option in this case.”

Paulig can rely on this automated labeling and validation solution to eliminate human errors, increase efficiency, and ensure that labels meet industry standards - all of which help to streamline Paulig’s supply chain operations, ensure traceability, and decrease costs.

“Quality is key for us at Paulig,” said Jukka Tuominen, Technical Manager at Paulig Coffee. “The labeling solution from Informa and Microscan has met our requirements perfectly, and we have been very pleased with its performance.”

Powered by

For more information Web: www.microscan.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Thermal imaging cameras for substation monitoring Electric power utilities are faced with an aging infrastructure, increasing risk of blackouts and brownouts. A brownout is a drop in voltage in an electrical power supply, so named because it typically causes lights to dim. Utilities also face costly unplanned maintenance and rising costs. Utilities are looking for ways to address these issues in order to improve the reliability of electric power delivery while at the same time reducing costs. By using FLIR thermal imaging cameras and automation software, impending equipment failures and security breaches can be detected anytime, day or night, at a remote monitoring location. The net effect is increased reliability and reduced cost. an electric utility involved can lose huge amounts of revenue and incur enormous costs in getting their systems up and running again.

Thermal imaging cameras help to save money

Failure Cause and Effect

The risk of blackouts and brownouts are increasing on the power distribution grid due to aging infrastructure, and a lack of automation systems that monitor the condition of critical equipment at substations and elsewhere on the grid.

For example, transformer fluid leaks or internal insulation breakdown cause overheating that leads to failures, but many utilities donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t have automated thermal detection systems that reveal these problems.

Whatever the cause, a critical substation failure may cascade into series of failures. The result can be a massive failure of banking facilities, security systems, manufacturing plants, food refrigeration, communication networks, and traffic control systems. Of course,

126

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Thermal imaging technology can improve the reliability and security of electric substations. Although electric utilities have for many years used handheld thermal imaging cameras to monitor substation equipment, quite some are now turning to permanently installed thermal imaging camera systems. Through the use of automated thermal imaging cameras and innovative software, FLIR and its partners have developed monitoring systems that provide early warning of impending equipment failures.

These systems employ advanced sensing and measurement technology, control methods, and digital communications.

They are able to anticipate, detect, and respond rapidly to problems, thereby reducing maintenancecosts, the chance of failure, a blackout, and lost productivity.

Just one example: one large utility discovered a hot bushing rod in a substation transformer and repaired it at a cost of only â&#x201A;Ź12,000.

A similar problem that occurred www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

before the firm instituted its thermal imaging program resulted in a catastrophic failure that cost more than €2,250,000.

A few substation components whose thermal signatures are precursors to failure include: ● Power transformers (oil levels and pump operation) ● Load tap changers (oil levels, other internal problems) ● Insulator bushings (oil levels and bad connections) ● Standoff insulators (moisture, contamination, degradation) ● Lightning arrestors (degradation of metal oxide disks) ● Circuit breakers (oil or SF6 leakage) ● Mechanical disconnects (bad connections, contamination) ● Control cabinets (wear and tear on fans, pumps, and other components) ● Batteries Detection of temperature increases in these components with thermal imaging cameras allows preventive maintenance operations before an unplanned outage occurs due to outright failure.

Principles of thermal imaging

The first principle of thermal imaging is “many components heat up before they fail”. Second, all objects emit thermal radiation in the infrared spectrum that is not seen by the human eye. Third, thermal imaging cameras convert that radiation to crisp images from which temperatures can be read. www.engrreview.com

This non-contact temperature data can be displayed on a monitor in real time, and can also be sent to a digital storage device for analysis.

Thermal imaging cameras do not require light to produce images, and can see hot spots well before excessive heat or loss of insulation leads to failure. They can be mounted in allweather housings and placed on pan/tilt drive mechanisms to survey large areas of a substation. Due to FLIR’s wide selection of lenses with different focal lengths. Therefore, they support 24/7 monitoring in all

types of weather and locations.

FLIR thermal imaging cameras recognize differences in the heat signatures of electrical components and the surrounding background (such as the sky or clouds), and can compare the temperatures of similar components in close proximity to one another. Built-in logic, memory, and data communications allow them to compare the temperatures in their images with userdefined settings, and send that data to a central monitoring station for trend analysis, triggering alarms, and generating exception reports. They can even

notify facility managers in remote offices of abnormal conditions by triggering an email message. This makes them ideal for unattended monitoring of substation equipment.

Typical System Configurations

In co-operation with automation system suppliers FLIR Systems works to create customized thermal imaging and noncontact temperature measurement systems for electric substations.

These systems can automatically perform site patrols, monitor equipment temperatures without human supervision.

The video images and their temperature data are carried over Ethernet, wireless, or over fiberoptic cables to an appropriate interface that communicates this data to the central monitoring location.

The diagram on this page depicts a typical substation monitoring system that uses FLIR A310 thermal imaging cameras. Systems of this type have been installed at substations worldwide. The most advanced versions of these systems provide time-stamped 3-D thermal modeling of critical equipment and areas.

FLIR Systems India Pvt. Ltd. 1111, D-Mall, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitampura, New Delhi-110034. India. e-mail : flirindia@flir.com.hk

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

127

TECH TRENDS

Powered by

SAFEXPRESS : The plant of the matter While smaller polymer compounding plants are built in-house by the engineering arm of the company itself, bigger ones are finding the answer with supply equipment for such plants

T

hese companies not only that have the know-how about the technology that is needed, but are also hands-on when it comes to logistics, and have the know-how about construction of infrastructure. It makes the plastic world go round.

Polymer compounding, which entails mixing different kinds of plastic or polymer resins with a host of colours, modifiers, fillers and additives is instrumental in the shape, quality and feature of the final product. These produced polymers are typically used for the auto industry and for household products. With changing times, these polymer producers are focusing on bringing in latest production technology enhancing by increasing plant capacity.

With the level of complex processes and steps, imagine the level and number of steps that must be a part of such a plant. While smaller units that have less polymer compounding to manage usually have plants built by their very own engineers, it is a different ball game when it comes to larger plants.

A typical case of polymer compounding means the process of manufacturing customised polymers by using primary polymers and polyolefins. These, when mixed with additives and other ingredients, are turned into pellets, which are further used for processing items such as household goods, consumer products, cables, auto parts and so on. While some of the ingredients used may be liquids that are either pre-mixed with solids, others are directly injected into the second ingredient. With growing capacities, these plants for compounding polymers have only become more complex. And although the task of building such a large plant can be left to engineering companies that

128

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

can not only build the plant but also take care of several other elements of the plant, such as planning the project, procuring materials and then constructing the same, a lot of times the project is still small for these companies to take up as a project.

What has come as an answer to fill the gap in several areas, and it is not just in the West, are companies that supply equipment for such plants.

Since these companies also have an in-house plant engineering facility, they can help with the manufacturing sites. Come to think of it, these companies are the ideal answer, since not only do they have knowledge of the technology that is needed, but are also hands-on when it comes to logistics, and have the know-how about construction of infrastructure.

As mentioned above, since a significant market for polymers are the auto industry, special plants can usually be found close to these auto manufacturing units or autoancillary plants. According to global statistics, nearly 75 per cent of the polymer compounds are produced by resin producers. With times, the industry is set to increase forward integration of resin producers as well as backward integration of large plastic processors and also increase the specialisation of independent compounders.

For a manufacturing plant, compounding companies usually start with a feasibility report for the basic design of the plant that looks at the layout and the major equipment that will be needed. The report gives an idea of the costing and time schedule for the project, after which the construction can be started. A lot of times, the project is also thrown open to bidders for the company to choose the most viable suppliers. However, experts warn that when time is crucial, such bidding may not be the

perfect option, since for the process, the feasibility study itself will have to be in much more detail, taking up a lot of time. Some relatively simpler projects, such as those that mean setting up a compounding plant, have the base polymer sourced from a vendor close to the manufacturing site. At other times, they may be bought in bulk from other areas and transported in trucks and containers.

The manufacturing process is again a relatively simpler one â&#x20AC;&#x201C; base polymer is treated with additives and colours and then fed to the extruder. The end product is then blended, packaged and dispatched.

The construction of such plants usually involves a cost-effective way of sourcing equipment from various vendors, and then assembled at the site itself. Similarly, while a plant that involves the compounding of polyolefins may in itself be a relatively complex project, the plants are smaller and can be broken up as modules, thus bringing them pre-assembled on the site. This not only cuts down on-site work, but also the breaking up of the entire project means most equipment can be arranged and designed so as to fit into modules. Things are even more complex, however, if we consider a project that involved, say, the compounding of products needed in the auto industry. Here, you need a major market player to supply specialised compounding extruders, as well as a lot of detail that goes into the feasibility study such as supplies, services and silos for a better cost estimate. Many times, this study is done in association with the technology company that is helping with the project, as well as companies that promise to handle the bagging and packaging parts of manufacturing.

Web: www.safexpress.com www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

129

| July 2013

TECH TRENDS

Atlas Copco introduces compact compressor technology with breakthrough energy-efficiency

A

tlas Copco surprised the market with a new, very compact oil-injected rotary screw compressor from 7 to 37 kW: the 7-37 GA VSD+.

Besides a small footprint, it offers a leap forward in Free Air Delivery (improvements of up to 12%), and a breakthrough energy-efficiency: it requires on average 50% less energy than a comparable idling compressor. This new type of compressor offering a variable speed (frequencycontrolled), will be suitable for most industries and aims to contribute significantly to the green economy needs.

Atlas Copco translated the most requested needs of its customers in this new type of compressor: better performances, with less energy consumed, low noise levels and a compact footprint. With the GA VSD+, a variable speed drive compressor achieves better performances even at full load than a comparable idling compressor. This innovation will enable all compressor users to switch over to variable speed drive compressors, an important step towards a more sustainable industry.

Major parameters of Supreme Excellence Creation are:

● 55% Reduction in footprint.

● Close to wall installation with In corners and ducting at top. ● Extremely low noise level in 62-64 db (A) range. ● Average 10% increase in Free Air Delivery w.r.t. same KW fixed speed Compressor. ● Average 50% reduction in energy consumption w.r.t. same KW fixed speed Compressor. ● State of Art..Ipm (Interior permanent magnet) Motor with IE4 efficiency and IP 65 class protection. ● Optimized Screw element design for Low pressure drop and increased efficiency. ● Direct drive machine with negligible energy losses on account of transmission. ● Trouble free Endurance test of more than 25 units with 20000 hours running of each unit ensures Reliabilty. ● A full feature version with an integrated refrigerant dryer is available as option.

Koen Lauwers, Vice-President Marketing from the Industrial Air Division comments: “In 1994, Atlas Copco pioneered the Variable Speed Drive compressor and now we have launched an innovation that will once again set the benchmark in the compressor industry.

The GA VSD+ has been completely inhouse developed and brings together all our expertise and know-how about energy-efficient compressor technology”.

Innovation with oil-injected, oilcooled compressors

Engineers could realize significant improvements with the new GA VSD+ thanks to the introduction of an interior permanent magnet motor.

This new in-house designed motor achieves an efficiency corresponding to IE 4 (Super Premium Efficiency motor class). The motor and drive train share one drive shaft and are vertically aligned to allow a smaller footprint of 55% compared to the

130

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

previous range.

Small compressor, big ideas

Atlas Copco evaluated every part in this compressor: a more efficient fan, robust air intake system, eliminating all blow-off losses, and the best electronic components together with the new drive train add up to energy savings of 50% on average compared to a traditional idling compressor of the same type.

Available as from today

Atlas Copco also adapted its production environment to the future: the GA VSD+ is currently built in Antwerp, Belgium, on a production line that is more efficient, more standardized and that takes less space. The production of the new compressor is up and running and Atlas Copco is ready to receive customers’ orders. Atlas Copco is an industrial group with worldleading positions in compressors, expanders and air treatment systems, construction and mining equipment, power tools and assembly systems.

With innovative products and services, Atlas Copco delivers solutions for sustainable productivity. The company was founded in 1873, is based in Stockholm, Sweden, and has a global reach spanning more than 170 countries. In 2012, Atlas Copco had 39 800 employees and revenues of BSEK 90.5 (BEUR 10.5). Industrial Air is a division within Atlas Copco’s Compressor Technique business area. It develops, manufactures and markets oil-injected and oil-free air compressors, vacuum pumps, gas generators, air treatment solutions and compressor controls and monitoring under several brands. In addition to serving a wide variety of industries, dedicated solutions are also available for marine, railway and oil and gas customers. The division’s focus and main drive is to further improve its customers’ productivity. The divisional headquarters and main production center are located in Antwerp, Belgium.

Web: www.atlascopco.com www.engrreview.com

Uniline EFY Full Page Ad For Septâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;11 Issue

Complete Power Continuity Solutions for Uninterruptible Progress

Smarter, Power Efficient Energy Solution from Uniline, makes any enterprise, business houses, manufacturing units & institutions happier. It saves tremedously on Energy Costs in the most significant way while adding value to greener living.

Š ANALYSIS : 011 - 2994 8448 (11 - 2011) ER

So when you choose Uniline Power Solution, not only you save but you add to a better life

Hi POWER

SOLAR ENERGY

UPS

UPTO 1800 KVA

INVERTERS

U N I L I N E E N E R G Y S Y S T E M S ( P V T ) LT D .

Uniline House, Ramesh Market, East of Kailash, New Delhi - 110 065. Tel.: 011 - 4666 1111, 2646 9031, 2646 9108 Fax: 011 - 2648 1469 Branch Offices : Ahmedabad : 99243 70484, Bangalore : 99720 12993, Bhopal : 98260 93707, 98270 68700, Bhubaneswar : 94370 04176, Chandigarh : 92167 63793, Chennai : 99400 49677, 98841 42866, Dehradun : 98972 72449, Jaipur : 98290 60772, Kanpur : 94151 32093, 93368 55700, Kolkata : 94330 33855, 98833 59262, Lucknow: 94152 53766, Mumbai : 98217 55290, Patna : 94311 70756, Raipur : 98267 43048, Ranchi : 94301 45934, Secunderabad : 98491 64048.

uniline@uniline.in

Toll Free: 1800 1022 011

www.unilineindia.com

TECH TRENDS

How to choose the best electrical CAD software for your needs Choosing the right electrical CAD software is crucial, but making a qualified decision can be tough for the firsttime user. Below we take a look at what you can gain, and what you should demand, from your new electrical CAD software

T

oday, even in larger companies, you can experience that the electrical documentation only exists as traditional paper drawings. Changes in the production line is probably added by hand - that is if the electrical engineer could find room for it on the paper, when the changes were made.

The rest of the electrical documentation is in his head, and most likely this has functioned quite well for several years. But the problem is what happens when he is no longer in the company. Maybe he retires, maybe he gets another job who knows?

When this happens both the employer and the new electrical engineer have a problem.

Tough start for new employees

132

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

It is close to an impossible task for the new employee to get a survey of the documentation, which might consist of meter after meter of bookshelves stuffed with paper drawings of wiring diagrams and other electrical schematics: ● Which changes have been made since the documentation was originally created? ● Which „specialities“ should be taken into consideration? ● Are all of the schematic references and all of the bills-of-materials uptodate? ... etc. Loads of valuable information will be lost for good, and lots of manhours will be spent regaining lost knowledge.

Increased security with electrical CAD

In the scenario above, it is far more

accessible for a new employee to get a survey of an electronic documentation, which can be updated and printed continuously, and where comments can be attached to the electrical documentation without making a mess. Along with this increased security and quality, there are huge amounts of time to save by using a good electrical CAD software, which for instance can update all electrical schematic references, update all kinds of lists, and fill out ordering requisitions automatically.

Difficult to get an overview?

One of the reasons why much electrical documentation only exists on paper, is that it can be difficult to get an overview of what to demand of a good electrical CAD software for electrical documentation.

Furthermore it is difficult to see

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

exactly which needs you have for the moment, and to foresee what you will be needing in the future.

The aim with this text is to make it easier to make a qualified decision about which electrical CAD software is the right for you in your situation.

Therefore we try to give some basic guidelines for what you could reasonably demand of a good electrical CAD software.

Reasonable demands for electrical CAD softwares

Basically it is not a good idea to rush out and buy an electrical CAD software, just to keep paste with the rapid modern development. Such a decision matures over a period of perhaps a year, and all involved parties must be able to realise that the investment actually pays of for the company.

When you choose your coming electrical CAD, it is important to stick to the point that it is you and your needs that specifies the demands for what the new system should be able to do. Having said this, it is a good idea to have an open mind, and be open to the new working methods and possibilities some of the programs offer. A good electrical CAD software should set the user free to concentrate on the professional aspects, and at the same time utilise what the computer is good at - namely the time-consuming trivial tasks.

This gives the electrical professionals a better survey, and liberates them from spending valuable time on for instance filling out components lists and bills of materials.

A reason for not buying an electrical CAD, is that people find it too expensive. Most people imagine

The trivial tasks that the program should handle mainly falls in two categories: Filling out lists and automatic support of drawing

When is the right time to get started with electrical CAD?

Is the electrical CAD software too expensive?

www.engrreview.com

that they neither have the money nor the resources for creating proper electrical documentation in a CAD program. But the expenses by not doing so, instead occurs as a more troublesome error finding, longer stops in the production, poorer maintenance of the electrical documentation, spending too many man-hours creating the documentation - and a much longer starting period for new electrical professionals.

However, there will naturally be a transition period while getting used to the new software. In this period you will not have the full benefit of the increased production rate.

Automatic updating of lists

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

133

TECH TRENDS

functions. A major advantage is achieved if component manufacturer databases with electrical symbols have been created for the program.

This makes it possible to draw the electrical schematics by use of the symbols from the databases, and then let the program fill out parts lists, components lists, cable lists, terminal lists and PLC lists automatically.

Beyond the huge amount of time saved by not having to type in this information yourself, you also get the security that you know that you have not entered incorrect component information. You are also sure that you order the correct amount of components each time.

Automatic support of electrical drawing functions

The other major area is about automatic support of drawing functions and about references, which makes it possible to keep the survey of the documentation, and fulfil the current documentation regulations.

Here you can for instance get help by automatic naming of symbols and their connection points, automatic wire numbering, support of mounting correct drawing, automatic linedrawing, design check, reference designations, automatic replacement of symbols in the entire project, and on-line update of references between symbols in the documentation - and many other features for electrical CAD. To check these automatic functions you should get a demo version of the different programs on the market, and try for yourself how easy - or difficult - it is to use them when creating documentation.

In some of the programs you will find that they function logically and

134

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

clearly, following common Windows standards, and that you only need a few mouse clicks to activate the commands. In others you might have to specify lots of complex settings in more than one menu, or even have to type in commands yourself.

This is specially important, because we are talking about routines you maybe have to repeat hundred times a day. In this connection you should also check if you can define your own single key short-cuts easily.

Does the program follow the general technical development?

Furthermore it is important that the development of the program continuously follows the general technical development. This general technical development covers a wide range of areas, such as making proper use of the facilities in the newest releases of Windows, enhanced integration with other programs, support of the electrical design drawing standards, and improving of the drawing and structuring facilities in the program.

As a general rule you can say that the electrical CAD software must have a comprehensive update once a year to follow the technical development. It is therefore also an important economical parameter whether you can get upgrades of the program for a reasonable price.

However, this does not mean that you can not create electrical documentation with a two-year old documentation program. You will always be able to edit and print out the created documentation, have lists updated automatically etc.

Even though you do not update your program, you will still be able to

create proper documentation.

But if the program you choose is not updated regularly, this means that you will not be able to work as quickly and effectively as your competitors on the market.

Electrical CAD features in the next version Many software producers will promise you that the next version of their software will be available tomorrow, and that it will contain all the hundred extra facilities you have always dreamt of. In the real world, software products can be years behind schedule. In stead of focusing on what the producer claims will come, you can therefore focus on which extra facilities have already been added to the program in its last two versions.

This gives you a good idea of the quality of the resources that are put into the development of the program.

In the next version you could then reasonably expect to get just as many extra facilities, as were released in any of the previous two. The interval between the upgrades also tells you when you could probably expect the next version of the program.

Therefore ask the reselling agent of the program for information about of which functions have been added in the last two versions, and when these two versions were released.

This gives you concrete information about the general development of the electrical CAD software - and not just wishful thinking of what might happen in the next version of the program.

However, if the reselling agent does not have this information, you could check whether you could find it on the homepage of the company producing www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

the program, or by contacting the company directly.

Supporting IEC/EN standards

These years there are a lot of focus on supporting the international standards in electrical documentation.

In most European countries - and especially in the European Union lots of electrical standards are being updated and effectuated for the moment. It is therefore important that the electrical design software supports these EU electrical drawing standards, and that it is flexible enough also to support you in following other standards. In order to do so, the company developing the program must have detailed knowledge of the existing standards.

If you are not sure this is the case, you could do one of three things: Ask the reselling agent about material on standards, visit the website of the developing company for information, or send an email directly to the developing company and request for information about standards. If the developing company does not take your request seriously and mail back information, you might be better of buying your software elsewhere.

Integration with other programs, Viewer and PDF

A part of the program development will be increased integration with other programs. This is because it is very important how the program interacts with the other programs in your company.

Here you can save even more time if the software for instance can:

Export data to the applied storage management program

www.engrreview.com

● Exchange files with the plc programming tool ● Import AutoCAD files (DWG/DXF files) intelligently ● Export AutoCAD files ● Send information to the applied wire numbering tools and component label tools.

Companies with contact to other countries must further examine whether the program supports translation of texts to other languages. Also, it should be possible to send a free project Viewer along with a documentation project, so that customers can view and print out the electronic version of the documentation without having to purchase a program license for themselves. If the software can save as PDF, this can also solve the problem. But please examine if the generated PDF files also contains active links between the symbols in the documentation, so that the customer navigate properly in the documentation.

The flexibility of the software developers Another aspect is the flexibility of the program developers.

This flexibility can vary a great deal from company to company, and is basically a question of company style or culture. Some companies pay great attention to their worldwide customers, and try to incorporate their suggestions in the next version of the program. If you sent an email to a company with this culture, they would ask you interested questions, and advice you how to get what you want until the next version is released. For smaller, but important, details they might even create an update of the current version for your benefit. Other companies are more difficult to get in dialogue with.

Programs developed by smaller versus bigger companies Another aspect is whether the program is developed by a smaller or by a bigger company. This could have impact on what you think the chances are that the program will still be updated ten years from now.Most people consider programs developed in bigger companies to give a better guarantee of the future existence of the program. Mainly because bigger companies usually have the most money.

On the other hand, bigger companies can sometimes have to make some very harsh decisions because of the interests of their share holders - such as when a large US company closed down their electrical CAD-program.

In smaller companies the software developers could also be the company owners, who would give their right arm to keep the program running. You could also ask yourself how important a customer are you in a bigger company, compared to how important you are in a smaller company. An alternative approach could be to take a look at how long time the company have already existed? Five years, ten years, or more than twenty years? This is always a good thing to check.

Getting qualified employees

Furthermore it is important that training in the software can be given on demand, and that it is possible to get a proper hot-line service when you start using the program, and if you run into difficulties. It could also be important whether it is possible to get qualified employees. Is it for instance possible to get consultant aid ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

135

TECH TRENDS

from the outside, who are capable of creating parts of the documentation in the chosen program. And what happens if you choose one company the one time, and another company the other. Will both companies then be able to maintain the documentation properly?

Cooperating with the vendor

Often buying the program is one thing, and what happens after the purchase is a completely different story. Here it is important to find a credible program vendor, who is interested in your needs.

Does it suddenly turn up that you have to purchase extra modules for the program in order to make partslists, graphical terminal plans, automatic wire numbering, or to document hydraulics, pneumatics and electrical installations?

Or to draw mechanical assembly drawings to see how much room they take up? Or does it suddenly turn up that you have to pay extra to get functions, which you thought were included in the first place?

It is therefore always a good idea to ask others in the same situation how they have been treated, and whether their program vendors have been responding positively to their needs - also after the deal has been closed.

Cost-free correction of program errors Because of the rapid technical development, no computer programs on the market are a 100 percent error free. It is therefore a good idea to ask what will happen if you meet an error in the program.

The reaction of the program vendor might give you a hint of 136

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

how the future cooperation will work out: ● Is it a minor or a major error?

● Do you get a propper work- around, so that you can get a solution here and now? ● Will the program developers then correct the error and update your program for free?

● Or do you have to wait for the next version of the program, which you will not be able to get before the end of next year? ● Do you then have to pay for the corrected version?

Get a free electrical CAD demonstration

All serious vendors on the market will furthermore offer you a free demonstration of the program. It is a good idea to make use of this offer, and get the opportunity to discuss your needs with a professional.

Here you can see which options the different programs offer - and find out for yourself whether you can use it in your situation. Alternatively, you can get a free demo program, with proper guidance and documentation, so that you can test the program thoroughly yourself.

Choose the right electrical CAD the first time

Finally it is important to test the available programs on the market, and make sure that you pick the right program the first time. This is very important, because you can not necessarily transfer electrical

documentation from one program to another. All the man-hours spent on documenting in the wrong program can therefore be wasted.

Buying the wrong program and spending the double amount of time creating the documentation, will also be a waste of money. It is in other words important to check out the various program vendors and check whether they meet your requirements.

Well, the next step is just to get started. Good luck!

A. Venkatakrishnan

For more information PC I SCHEMATIC A/S Bygaden 7 4040 Jyllinge Denmark Tel : +45 4678 8244 India: Please contact Indian Market Consultant A. Venkatakrishnan E-mail: venkat@pcschematic.in for demo, support and training Web: www.pcschematic.com

www.engrreview.com

Electrical CAD software - With thousands of trained professionals in India

When you need to choose the best electrical CAD software for your electrical documentation, please consider the fact that thousands of professionals all over India are already certified users of the electrical CAD software PC|SCHEMATC Automation.

Please contact A. Venkatakrishnan for further information.

Get free demo version at www.pcschematic.in

PC|SCHEMATIC Market Consultant in India: A.Venkatakrishnan / venkat@pcschematic.in / +91 988 654 0077

TECH TRENDS

THE JOURNEY OF SUCCESS

Making the most of Metallurgy Mr. P. T. Bindagi

Mr. P.T. Bindagi Technical Director, Spraymet Surface Technologies Pvt. Ltd

W

hat does it take a metallurgist to become an entrepreneur?

Besides a good academic background and industry exposure, you also need selfconfidence and courage to leave a cushy job and enter business. That’s precisely what Bindagi did.

P.T. Bindagi, the Technical Director of Spraymet Surface Technologies P. Ltd., headquartered in Bengaluru. Bindagi took his degree in metallurgical engineering from the Bellary Govt.

College. He was state first. After this scholastic career, he took up a job with Precision Fasteners as a metallurgist in their R& D lab. After a short tenure of two years, He joined Ador (erstwhile Advani-Oerlikon)

in 1984 and

138

took the onus of product marketing in the newly set up Powder Division.

At Ador, he stayed for long 10 years.

He had his career progression and soon became the Divisional Manager of Metco Thermal Hard facing Div. In 1987. Bindagi received special training in tribology at Metco, Australia as well as Sulzer Metco, USA. Back home he presented several papers on the nuances of ‘thermal spraying’ in conferences organised by IIW, BARC, VSSC and other organisations.

The year 1994 was a turning point for Bindagi. That was the year when he bid adieu to service and decided to be on his own, doing the same thing closer to his heart : propagating the art and science of tribology, harnessing the proven technologies of thermal spray, plasma spray and HVOF. Subsequently, It took hardly a few months for him to give shape to his passion: establishing his own company in the name and style of Spraymet Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Today Spraymet is engaged in thermal spray, ENP plating and weld surfacing.

While the main plant is in Bangalore, Bindagi set up the second plant in Pune to stay closer to its customers

especially from the automobile sector which is demanding technical excellence, proximity and service all at the same time. Spraymet has the distinction of having pioneered the carbide coatings in the steel mills and galvanizing line roll coating. The company owns a few proprietary coatings like moly blend (Spraymet MoB) for metal to metal wear and Ductile matrix carbide (Spraymet DMC) for plastic processing feed screws. Bindagi is keenly interested and is working towards expanding applications in turbine industry, medical implants and other new frontiers. In his quest, to spread knowledge, Bindagi also picks up students from universities for project work related to tribology and wear metallurgy.

“Today when I look back, I have the satisfaction of having chosen a business line which is not only winning bread for me but also butter for the industry at large,” states Bindagi. There is substance in what he says. He has helped the industry save a lot of money and helped conserve its scarce resources.

May his tribe increase!

This Article is compiled by PK Balasubramanian

Waste into wealth: Spraymet harnesses the best of surfacing technologies to reclaim machinery components and parts and conserve resources

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

Process Controllers

HMIs & Panel Meters

Visual Management

+

Ethernet Switches & Wireless Devices

Protocol Conversion

Red Lion has been delivering award-winning industrial automation products to customers worldwide for over forty years. Now these innovative products are even better when paired with industrial networking from N-Tron and Sixnet, the pioneers in Ethernet and cellular M2M solutions for industrial environments.

Visit better.redlion.net to learn how our industrial automation and industrial networking products work together to connect. monitor. control.

Š2013 Red Lion Controls Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+91 - 9844876540 I india@redlion.net I better.redlion.net

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

139

| July 2013

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

146

| July 2013

Part of the global family of events that brings together 20,500 industry professionals CWIEME India provides you with the unique opportunity to meet key buyers from the Indian market. Here you will gain unprecedented access to a lucrative audience of local Indian decisionmakers from the coil winding and electrical manufacturing industry.

Your platform to grow ● Want to target a focused buying audience? ● Raise awareness of your product portfolio? ● Get in front of high level decision-makers?

Get in touch to discuss bespoke solutions for your business at CWIEME India.

i2i Events Group – India Tulika Sen, Country Manager E: tulika.sen@i2ieventsgroup.com T: +91 022 42502055 M: +91 961 9882011 www.coilwindingexpo.com/bangalore

This is India’s biggest meeting place for: ● Coil winding and inductive component manufacturers ● Transformer, motor and generator technology ● Miniature and micro coils ● Insulation and partial discharge testing ● New magnetic materials including magnetic fluids ● Modelling and computer simulators

Frequency Inverter

Servo Inverter

Your inverter with servo qualities The Inverter Drives 8400 TopLine is equipped with everything you need for high dynamics and precision. Its resolver input is joined by a multi-encoder input which gives optimum connection to a range of feedback systems. The 8400 TopLine realises your servo applications simply effortlessly.

Registered office: Lenze Mechatronics Pvt. Ltd. +91 (20) 6631 8100 | E-mail: marketing@lenze.in | www.Lenze.com Delhi: +91 (11) 2735 2112 | Calcutta : +91 (33) 2419 0490 | Bangalore: +91 (80) 2860 3352

As easy as that.

I N D U S T R Y U P D A T E TECHNOLOGY Future Trends of Indian Power industry

156

TECH TRENDS

Future trends of Indian Power industry

I

nterestingly there wasn’t a huge time gap between Edison’s invention of the electric lamp and the first use of the same in India - which was first demonstrated in Calcutta, on 24 July 1879 by P W Fleury & Co. Kilburn & Co secured the Calcutta electric lighting licence as agents of the Indian Electric Co, only 8 years later. This company was renamed the Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation in a month. The control of the company was transferred from London to Calcutta only in 1970.

Scenario Today :

Despite the global slowdown, the Indian economy is expected to grow at 7.6 percent in the current fiscal. In order to encourage a compassionate environment for economic development, equal contribution from all major sectors is required. Power sector is unanimously been accepted as one of the vital inputs for economic growth.

The overall growth of the Indian economy is dependent on the performance of power sector.

The present level of energy consumption in India is quite low at 778 units per person when compared to the global average of 2300 units per person. According to the Electric Power Survey, the energy requirement of India is expected to increase multifold from 9,02,275 MUs in 2011-12 to 37,10,083 MUs in 2031-32. In order to meet this increasing requirement, the government is planning for massive capacity additions in conjunction with bringing efficient changes in the power verticals of transmission, distribution and trading. However, in the past few years, the pace and stage of development of power sector has

156

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

been slow in all the major segments.

Due to several unattended issues wheeling the sector, capacity addition target was revised from 78,700 MW to 62,374 MW. The final capacity addition further stands much lower than the revised target at 54,000 MW. ● Installed capacity growth from 1349MW in 1947 to 140GW by 2007 and 210 GW by 2012 ● Transmission system transformed from isolated small grids, to state grids and inter -state grids.

Formation of state grid in 1960s Formation of Regional grids in 1970s Asynchronous interconnection of regional grids in 1990s Towards formation of National grid from 2000 onwards

The government has scaled down its target of 75, 785 MW for the XII Plan from the previously planned 100000 MW. Of which, about 63, 781 MW is to come from Thermal sources, 9,204 MW from hydro and 2800 MW from Nuclear sources. In the XII Plan about 42,131 MW capacity addition is expected to come from the private sector alone.

The 11th Plan target for Hydro generation was 15627 MW. Only 6201 MW is expected to be commissioned by the end of the plan. The total capacity likely to slip to the XII Plan is about 9468 MW exhibiting only about 40% target achievement status.

Coal demand-supply gap continues to diverge and the gap be twe en expe c t ed demand and indigenous availability is likely to reach 137.03 MT by this plan which is to be met by imports. The Gap is likely to widen to www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

200 MT by the end of FY17.

Coal shortage is likely to hit 46, 000 MW power projects. Costly imported fuel is eroding the profit margins of the producers. SEBs are unwilling to accommodate high-priced electricity. Supply security from domestic sources yet not ensured. The estimated medium term potential(up to 2032) for power generation in the country from renewable source has been estimated around 87, 000 MW. The Non-conventional energy source poses a bright future ahead of India’s way to achieve sustainable and clean energy. For capacity addition target of about 76,000 MW the inter-regional transmission links of about 38,000 MW is expected to be added during the XII Plan. Transmission system augmentation along with boosting the higher transmission voltages for bulk power transmission shall help to curtail the transmission losses.

The electricity sector in India had an installed capacity of 223.343 GW as of March 2013, the world’s fifth largest. Captive power plants generate an additional 34.444 GW. Non Renewable Power Plants constitute 87.55% of the installed capacity and 12.45% of Renewable Capacity. India generated 855 BU (855 000 MU i.e. 855 TWh) electricity during 2011–12 fiscal.

In terms of fuel, coal-fired plants account for 57% of India’s installed electricity capacity, compared to South Africa’s 92%; China’s 77%; and Australia’s 76%. After coal, renewal hydropower accounts for 19%, renewable energy for 12% and natural gas for about 9%. In December 2011, over 300 million Indian citizens had no access to electricity. Over one third of India’s rural population lacked electricity, as did 6% of the urban population. Of those who did have access to electricity in India, the supply was intermittent and unreliable. In 2010, blackouts and power shedding interrupted irrigation and manufacturing across the country.

The per capita average annual domestic electricity consumption in India in 2009 was 96 kWh in rural areas and 288 kWh in urban areas for those with access to electricity, in contrast to the worldwide per capita annual average of 2600 kWh and 6200 kWh in the European Union. India’s total domestic, agricultural and industrial per capita energy consumption estimates vary depending on the source. Two sources place it between 400 to 700 kWh in 2008–2009. As of January 2012, one report found the per capita total consumption in India to be 778 kWh. India currently suffers from a major shortage of electricity generation capacity, even though it is the world’s www.engrreview.com

fourth largest energy consumer after United States, China and Russia. The International Energy Agency estimates India needs an investment of at least $135 billion to provide universal access of electricity to its population.

The International Energy Agency estimates India will add between 600 GW to 1200 GW of additional new power generation capacity before 2050.This added new capacity is equivalent to the 740 GW of total power generation capacity of European Union (EU-27) in 2005.

The technologies and fuel sources India adopts, as it adds this electricity generation capacity, may make significant impact to global resource usage and environmental issues.

India’s electricity sector is amongst the world’s most active players in renewable energy utilization, especially wind energy. As of December 2011, India had an installed capacity of about 28 GW of renewal technologies-based electricity, exceeding the total installed electricity capacity in Austria by all technologies. India’s network losses exceeded 32% in 2010 including non-technical losses, compared to world average of less than 15%. Both technical and non-technical factors contribute to these losses, but quantifying their proportions is difficult.

But the Government pegs the national T&D losses at around 24% for the year 2011 & has set a target of reducing it to 17.1% by 2017 & to 14.1% by 2022. Some experts estimate that technical losses are about 15% to 20%, A high proportion of non-technical losses are caused by illegal tapping of lines, but faulty electric meters that underestimate actual consumption also contribute to reduced payment collection. A case study in Kerala estimated that replacing faulty meters could reduce distribution losses from 34% to 29%.

Key implementation challenges for India’s electricity sector include new project management and execution, ensuring availability of fuel quantities and qualities, lack of initiative to develop large coal and natural gas resources present in India, land acquisition, environmental clearances at state and central government level, and training of skilled manpower to prevent talent shortages for operating latest technology plants.[9]

Demand trends

* Of the 1.4 billion people of the world who have no access to electricity in the world, India accounts for over 300 million. * Other drivers for India’s electricity sector are its rapidly growing economy, rising exports, improving ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

157

TECH TRENDS

infrastructure and increasing household incomes. * According to a sample of 97,882 households in 2002, electricity was the main source of lighting for 53% of rural households compared to 36% in 1993.

The 17th electric power survey of India report claims : ● Over 2010–11, India’s industrial demand accounted for 35% of electrical power requirement, domestic household use accounted for 28%, agriculture 21%, commercial 9%, public lighting and other miscellaneous applications accounted for the rest. ● The electrical energy demand for 2016–17 is expected to be at least 1392 Tera Watt Hours, with a peak electric demand of 218 GW. ● The electrical energy demand for 2021–22 is expected to be at least 1915 Tera Watt Hours, with a peak electric demand of 298 GW. If current average transmission and distribution average losses remain same (32%), India needs to add about 135 GW of power generation capacity, before 2017, to satisfy the projected demand after losses.

McKinsey claims that India’s demand for electricity may cross 300 GW, earlier than most estimates. To explain their estimates, they point to four reasons : ● India’s manufacturing sector is likely to grow faster than in the past ● Domestic demand will increase more rapidly as the quality of life for more Indians improve ● About 125,000 villages are likely to get connected to India’s electricity grid ● Currently blackouts and load shedding artificially suppresses demand; this demand will be sought as revenue potential by power distribution companies.

A demand of 300GW will require about 400 GW of installed capacity, McKinsey notes. The extra capacity is necessary to account for plant availability, infrastructure maintenance, spinning reserve and losses.

In 2010, electricity losses in India during transmission and distribution were about 24%, while losses because of consumer theft or billing deficiencies added another 10– 15%. Power cuts are common throughout India and the consequent failure to satisfy the demand for electricity has adversely effected India’s economic growth.

Electricity Consumption 158

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The Per capital Consumption (kWh) in 2009–10 was as follows : This information was given by the Minister of State for Power Shri K.C.Venugopal in a written reply to a question in Lok Sabha on 18 May 2012.

Power Generation

Tehri Hydroelectric Power station’s lake in Uttarakhand.

Tehri is world’s 7th tallest dam. With a capacity of 2.4 GW, it is India’s largest hydroelectric power generation installation. Power development in India was first started in 1897 in Darjeeling, followed by commissioning of a hydropower station at Sivasamudram in Karnataka during 1902.

India’s electricity generation capacity additions from 1950 to 1985 were very low when compared to developed nations. Since 1990, India has been one of the fastest growing markets for new electricity generation capacity.

The country’s annual electricity generation capacity has increased in last 20 years by about 130 GW, from about 66 GW in 1991 to over 100 GW in 2001, to over 199 GW in 2012. India’s Power Finance Corporation Limited projects that current and approved electricity capacity addition projects in India are expected to add about 100 GW of installed capacity between 2012 and 2017.

This growth makes India one the fastest growing State

Per capita Consumption (kWh)

Goa

2004.77

Gujarat

1558.58

Puducherry Punjab

Haryana Delhi

Chandigarh Tamil Nadu

Himachal Pradesh Andhra Pradesh

Jammu & Kashmir Rajasthan

Uttar Pradesh Uttarakhand

Madhya Pradesh

1864.5

1663.01 1491.37 1447.72 1238.51 1210.81 1144.94 1013.74 968.47 811.12 386.93 930.41 618.1

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Maharashtra

1054.1

Lakshadweep

428.81

Karnataka Kerala Bihar

Jharkhand Orissa

West Bengal

Andaman and Nicobar Islands Sikkim Assam

Manipur

Meghalaya Nagaland Tripura

Arunachal Pradesh Mizoram

873.05 536.78 117.48 750.46 837.55 515.08 506.13 845.4 209.2

207.15 613.36 242.39 223.78 503.27 429.31

markets for electricity infrastructure equipment. India’s installed capacity growth rates are still less than those achieved by China, and short of capacity needed to ensure universal availability of electricity throughout India by 2017. State-owned and privately owned companies are significant players in India’s electricity sector, with the private sector growing at a faster rate. India’s central government and state governments jointly regulate electricity sector in India.

As of August 2011, the states and union territories of India with power surplus were Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Tripura, Gujarat, Delhi and Dadra and Nagar Haveli.

The table below presents the electricity generation capacity, as well as availability to India’s end user and their demand. The difference between installed capacity and availability is the transmission, distribution and consumer losses. The gap between availability and demand is the shortage India is suffering. This shortage in supply ignores the effects of waiting list of users in rural, urban and industrial customers; it also ignores the demand gap from India’s unreliable electricity supply.

Electricity sector capacity and availability in India (excludes effect of blackouts / power-shedding)

According to India’s Ministry of Power, about 14.1 GW of new thermal power plants under construction are expected to be put in use by December 2012, so are 2.1 GW capacity hydropower plants and a 1 GW capacity nuclear power plant.[47] India’s installed generation capacity should top 200 GW in 2012.

Item

Value

Date reported

Total installed capacity (GW)

209.27

October 2012

Available base load supply (MU)

893371

Demand base load (MU)

985317

Available peak load supply (GW) Demand peak load (GW) www.engrreview.com

125.23

140.09

October 2012

October 2012

October 2012

October 2012

Reference [1][51]

[47]

[47]

[47] [47]

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

159

TECH TRENDS

In 2010, the five largest power companies in India, by installed capacity, in decreasing order, were the stateowned NTPC, state-owned NHPC, followed by three privately owned companies: Tata Power, Reliance Power and Adani Power.

In India’s effort to add electricity generation capacity over 2009–2011, both central government and state government owned power companies have repeatedly failed to add the capacity targets because of issues with procurement of equipment and poor project management.

Private companies have delivered better results.

Thermal power

Thermal power plants convert energy rich fuel into electricity and heat. Possible fuels include coal, natural gas, petroleum products, agricultural waste and domestic trash / waste. Other sources of fuel include landfill gas and biogases. In some plants, renewal fuels such as biogas are co-fired with coal.

Coal and lignite accounted for about 57% of India’s installed capacity. However, since wind energy depends on wind speed, and hydropower energy on water levels, thermal power plants account for over 65% of India’s generated electricity. India’s electricity sector consumes

: ● Steam cycle facilities (most commonly used for large utilities);

● Gas turbines (commonly used for moderate sized peaking facilities);

● Cogeneration and combined cycle facility (the combination of gas turbines or internal combustion engines with heat recovery systems); and ● Internal combustion engines (commonly used for small remote sites or stand-by power generation).

Installed thermal power capacity

The installed capacity of Thermal Power in India, as of 31 October 2012, was 140206.18 MW which is 66.99% of total installed capacity. ● Current installed base of Coal Based Thermal Power is 120,103.38 MW which comes to 57.38% of total installed base.

A super thermal power plant in Rajasthan about 80% of the coal produced in the country.

India expects that its projected rapid growth in electricity generation over the next couple of decades is expected to be largely met by thermal power plants.

Thermal power plants can deploy a wide range of technologies. Some of the major technologies include

160

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

● Current installed base of Gas Based Thermal Power is 18,903.05 MW which is 9.03% of total installed capacity.

● Current installed base of Oil Based Thermal Power is 1,199.75 MW which is 0.57% of total installed capacity.

The state of Maharashtra is the largest producer of thermal power in the country.

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Electric Power Company (NEEPCO), Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam (SJVNL), Tehri Hydro Development Corporation, NTPC-Hydro are a few public sector companies engaged in development of hydroelectric power in India.

Hydro power Nagarjuna Sagar Dam and hydroelectric power plant on the Krishna River. It is the world’s largest masonry dam, with an installed capacity of 800MW. The dam also irrigates about 1.4 million acres of previously droughtprone land.

In this system of power generation, the potential of the water falling under gravitational force is utilised to rotate a turbine which again is coupled to a Generator, leading to generation of electricity. India is one of the pioneering countries in establishing hydro-electric power plants. The power plants at Darjeeling and Shimsha (Shivanasamudra) were established in 1898 and 1902 respectively and are among the first in Asia. India is endowed with economically exploitable and viable hydro potential assessed to be about 84,000 MW at 60% load factor. In addition, 6,780 MW in terms of installed capacity from Small, Mini, and Micro Hydel schemes have been assessed. Also, 56 sites for pumped storage schemes with an aggregate installed capacity of 94,000 MW have been identified. It is the most widely used form of renewable energy. India is blessed with immense amount of hydroelectric potential and ranks 5th in terms of exploitable hydro-potential on global scenario.

The present installed capacity as of 31 October 2012 is approximately 39,291.40 MW which is 18.77% of total electricity generation in India. The public sector has a predominant share of 97% in this sector. National Hydroelectric Power Corporation (NHPC), Northeast

Indira Sagar Dam partially completed in 2008

www.engrreview.com

Nuclear power :

As of 2011, India had 4.8 GW of installed electricity generation capacity using nuclear fuels. India’s Nuclear plants generated 32455 million units or 3.75% of total electricity produced in India. India’s nuclear power plant development began in 1964. India signed an agreement with General Electric of the United States for the construction and commissioning of two boiling water reactors at Tarapur. In 1967, this effort was placed under India’s Department of Atomic Energy. In 1971, India set up its first pressurised heavy water reactors with Canadian

Kudankulam Nuclear Power Plant -With initial installed capacity of 2 GW, this plant will be expanded to 6.8 GW capacity.

collaboration in Rajasthan. In 1987, India created Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited to commercialize nuclear power. Nuclear Power Corporation of India Limited is a public sector enterprise, wholly owned by the Government of India, under the administrative control of its Department of Atomic Energy. Its objective is to implement and operate nuclear power stations for India’s electricity sector.

The state-owned company has ambitious plans to establish 63 GW generation capacity by 2032, as a safe, environmentally benign and economically viable source of electrical energy to meet the increasing electricity needs of India.

In 2011, India had 18 pressurized heavy water reactors in operation, with another four projects of 2.8 GW capacity launched. The country plans to implement fast breeder reactors, using plutonium based fuel. Plutonium is obtained by reprocessing spent fuel of first stage ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

161

TECH TRENDS

reactors. India successfully launched its first prototype fast breeder reactor of 500 MW capacity in Tamil Nadu, and now operates two such reactors.

India has nuclear power plants operating in the following states: Maharashtra, Gujarat, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and Karnataka. These reactors have an installed electricity generation capacity between 100 to 540 MW each. New reactors with installed capacity of 1000 MW per reactor are expected to be in use by 2012.

India’s share of nuclear power plant generation capacity is just 1.2% of worldwide nuclear power production capacity, making it the 15th largest nuclear power producer. Nuclear power provided 3% of the country’s total electricity generation in 2011.

India aims to supply 9% of it electricity needs with nuclear power by 2032. India’s largest nuclear power plant project under implementation is at Jaitapur, Maharashtra in partnership with Areva, France.

Solar Power :

India’s power sector has a total installed capacity of approximately 1,46,753 Megawatt (MW) of which 54% is coal-based, 25% hydro, 8% is renewables and the

balance is the gas and nuclear-based. Power shortages

are estimated at about 11% of total energy and 15% of peak capacity requirements and are likely to increase in the coming years.

In the next 10 years, another 10,000 MW of capacity

and investment of about Rs. 24 lakh crore are required. In

July 2009, India unveiled a US$19 billion plan to produce

20 GW of solar power by 2020. Under the plan, the use of solar-powered equipment and applications would be made compulsory in all government buildings, as well as

hospitals and hotels. In November 2009, it was reported

that India was ready to launch its National Solar Mission

under the National Action Plan on Climate Change, with plans to generate 1,000 MW of power by 2013.

From August 2011 to July 2012, India went from 2.5

MW of grid connected photovoltaics to over 1,000 MW.

According to a 2011 report by BRIDGE TO INDIA and GTM Research, India is facing a perfect storm of factors that will

drive solar photovoltaic (PV) adoption at a “furious pace over the next five years and beyond”.

162

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

I N D U S T R Y U P D A T E TECHNOLOGY â&#x20AC;˘

Impact of cloud computing in automation arena

164

TECH TRENDS

Impact of cloud computing in automation arena

C

loud computing is not new to India and automation has also had an over-a-century presence, beginning from the steamdriven textile mills from British Raj era to today’s uber-cool advancements. These two have been married satisfactorily in other industrially advanced nations, so let’s take a look at what seems like a case study :

Cloud-based ERP’s Potential Impact on Automation

A new survey points to increasing interest among manufacturers for cloud-based ERP systems. As an automation engineer or operator, here’s why you should care.

Before covering the manufacturing automation industry in 2003, a decade covering technology developments in the manufacturing enterprise systems space, many experts worked on ERP. At that time, ERP systems were largely reserved for big companies with huge capex (capital expenditure) allotments and the in-house IT resources to support the system’s implementation and maintenance. Soon, an interesting thing happened. The factory floor and the front office became directly connected.

Front office systems like ERP could access shop floor data to deliver greater levels of business intelligence and enable better decision-making throughout the company. Beyond the software and operational implications of this trend, the conversion to Ethernet as the de facto factory floor networking

164

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

The biggest changes will come as the cloud enables more players in the supply chain to take part in optimizing the manufacturing process. option was another huge result of the manufacturing industry’s adoption of ERP. Now, as more companies look towards invest in technologies after sitting on the sidelines during the recession, a new trend appears to be developing that could have just as big an impact on factory floor engineers and operators as the initial wave of enterprise systems did nearly 20 years ago.

According to a study conducted

by Plex Systems and the Manufacturing Performance Institute (MPI), many manufacturing executives now “find their firms constrained by aging facilities, failure-prone equipment, and outdated software and systems.”

These findings support the results of another recent study that noted 40 percent of enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems are now more than seven years old, and 7 percent of ERP systems are more than 15 years old.

Plex Systems is a provider of ERP systems, so it’s not a big surprise that a study they had a hand in developing would show potential for ERP growth. Despite this, the findings www.engrreview.com

noted in their study with MPI are not contrary to what other industry trends are indicating. Considering the greater trends currently taking place across industry—ranging from a focus on greater levels of intelligence for executives as well as operators to a higher level of adoption of cloudbased operating systems—many of the Plex/MPI report findings appear to be in line with clearly evident manufacturing trends.

Some of the principal results of the Plex/MPI study include :

● A majority of manufacturing respondents (60 percent) indicate they operate a traditional ERP system in which hardware and software are on premises; 22 percent operate a software-as-aservice (SaaS)/cloud ERP system; 18 percent have no ERP system in place. ● Lack of an ERP system is highest among companies with lower annual sales: 26 percent of organizations with sales of less than $50 million have no ERP. ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

165

TECH TRENDS

cloud vs. 14 percent traditional) and customers (43 percent cloud vs. 11 percent traditional).

● Two-thirds of cloud ERP users (68 percent) have unlimited licensing agreements within their companies, more than double the percentage of traditional ERP users with unlimited company licenses.

● These licensing agreements impact the number of employees who can access ERP: 90 percent of employees for cloud ERP users vs. 30 percent for traditional ERP users. ● Cloud ERP users are significantly more likely to make their systems accessible to suppliers (60 percent

Having witnessed the impact that software technologies such as ERP have had on the manufacturing industries, it’s fairly evident that we’re on the cusp of another surge in technology-driven developments for the industry as a whole. In fact, the lower costs of cloud-based ERP will likely drastically reduce the number of manufacturers without ERP over the next few years.

By democratizing access to information across all levels of a company, cloud technologies are already changing manufacturing. It looks like the biggest changes will come as the cloud enables more players in the supply chain to take part in optimizing the manufacturing process.

Considering how inexpensive and ubiquitous the technologies that will enable this have become, this next foray in industry connections will transpire over the next 20 years.

It will happen much faster.

Nuris Ismail - a senior research associate in the manufacturing group at Aberdeen Group lists five major new trends to watch out in automation :

● Convergence of plant floor and enterprise networks : Faced with internal pressures to cut down cost and external demands to be more responsive to customer needs, manufacturers are looking towards adopting the latest networking capabilities.

Aberdeen Group’s 2011 research, “Industrial Networking: Building the Business Case for Industrial

166

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

wireless in their manufacturing facility, and we expect this adoption rate to increase in 2012.

Ethernet,” revealed that many manufacturers are migrating to industrial Ethernet technology and utilizing industrial Ethernet protocols to connect their plant assets, manufacturing systems and business systems to integrate manufacturing data from the plant floor to the front office. As a result, these manufacturers are out-pacing the market with regard to improved network, operational and corporate performance.

● Wireless : Traditionally, many manufacturers opted to use a wired infrastructure due to the security and reliability advantages these solutions provided over wireless solutions. However, over the years, wireless networking has advanced, as standards development, improved technology and security have removed major barriers to wireless adoption.

Aberdeen’s report, “Uncovering the Benefits of Industrial Wireless in Manufacturing Operations,” revealed that 64 percent of manufacturers have some form of www.engrreview.com

● Industrial security : 2010 changed the shape of industrial security with the arrival of Stuxnet, the first malware targeted specifically at industrial environments. In 2011, the market saw a big push in the manufacturing community to ensure the security and reliability of industrial networks and components. Aberdeen’s security research uncovered that leading manufacturers are implementing a defence-in-depth strategy with multiple levels of security. A multi-layer approach ensures that if there is a security breach, the whole industrial network won’t be exposed to threats and vulnerabilities. By properly applying and installing these mechanisms and techniques, manufacturers will have the ability to be aware of modifications that may create new vulnerabilities and have the ability to mitigate any risks in a timely fashion. ● Energy management : The high price of energy has changed the game in the energy-intensive process industries. It is now more important than ever to understand a plant’s energy needs and cut out wasteful energy consumption wherever possible. Aberdeen’s “Energy Intelligence” research revealed that industry leaders are twice as likely as their competitors to collect energy information from their plant automation systems and sub-meters. With the recent inclusion of energy data over EtherNet/IP, it is significantly easier for manufacturers to ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

167

TECH TRENDS

This seamless communication provides manufacturers with better visibility into the reasons for and frequency of events, and their ability to more effectively manage the massive amounts of complex safety data. As more manufacturers realize the benefits of an integrated safety system architecture, the adoption of this technology will increase.

deliver energy data from the plant floor to business systems.

In doing so, it enables these leaders to gain greater visibility into energy consumption at the equipment and facility level, and improves their ability to optimize energy utilization and production processes. As energy prices continue to fluctuate, more manufacturers will be looking for energy management solutions to gain better visibility into energy consumption in their manufacturing operations.

● Integrated safety systems : Aberdeen’s “Integrated Safety Systems” research revealed that many manufacturers have taken advantage of the latest technology and recent changes to global safety standards to integrate their safety system with their plant automation system. In doing so, they have been able to ensure the same level of safety without sacrificing productivity.

In addition, these manufacturers are also using open protocols to improve the level of integration and interoperability between standard and safety control systems.

168

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Sherman Y.T. Lang is an industrial technology advisor for the National Research Council’s Industrial Research Assistance Program in London, Ontario, Canada opines : The five major new trends to watch out in automation : ● Printable electronics : Printable electronics technologies have the potential to drive down the costs of devices such as RFIDs to compete with barcode printing.

The less-than-a-penny-a-piece RFID tag could disrupt many current business models in manufacturing, where low-cost object and asset tracking are only the beginning of the potential impact of these new technologies.

In addition to reducing costs of sensors and computing that can be integrated into products or work in process, new classes of devices will emerge due to the potential to bond together dissimilar materials. Imagine an RFID tag with integrated sensors that can detect cumulative shock and moisture during manufacturing and then visually self-identify with a warning on an integrated e-ink display. Now imagine that sensor as a disposable label that you just printed. www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

● Machine vision : The ability of machine vision systems to identify and track objects in 3D is growing rapidly with advances in sensors and computing power. While vision systems are widely used for inspection, quality control and sorting, newer 3D vision systems can better distinguish between objects and from less constrained viewpoints. The 3D vision toolkit is expanding to track gestures, body motion, gaze and do facial recognition. Expect entrepreneurs to start thinking up better machine interfaces with these capabilities, better training and worker safety systems.

● Cloud computing : Cloud storage and cloud processing can offer productivity tools that were previously unaffordable

or impractical for SMEs. The economies of scale possible, as well as simplification in managing IT systems with cloud computing in manufacturing, is leading to the migration of enterprise management, supply chain management, ERP, MRP, CRM and other business functions into the cloud. As service providers tackle issues such as customization, effectiveness, reliability and security, MES is the next target in manufacturing that helps to further improve productivity of the shop floor.

● Mobile technologies : Specialized mobile devices improve the productivity of the supply chain and sales operations. Using mobile phones and tablets, companies can further enhance worker productivity by providing additional productivity tools.

Consumer grade smart phones and tablets can now be outfitted with the apps and additional hardware to enhance capability and customize to specific industry and company needs. With built-in GPS and the ability to add RFID, NFC and mag stripe capabilities, smart phones are positioned to become general purpose tools in the supply chain, and management of assets, maintenance and production.

● Artificial intelligence (AI) : The combination of voice recognition, search technology and AI has given rise to the intelligent assistant in smart phones. A similar intelligent assistant for the machines and systems we interact with on the shop floor could www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

169

TECH TRENDS

and then use these engineering

Since Stuxnet was first discovered in 2010, there has been neither a slowdown in the interest around cyber security for the industrial sector, nor a slowdown in the number of identified vulnerabilities across a wide range of vendor control systems. To date, every major automation vendor has made investments to provide improved services and consulting to their customers around cyber security and, in many cases, this is one of the fastest growing areas of their business.

models to improve the process of

commissioning

operation.

and

plant

● Cloud-based control : Over the past five to eight years, we have

seen the emergence of cloud-

based ERP, business intelligence and quality management software.

Over the next five to 10 years, we will see cloud-based software

move down the technology stack improve a multitude of tasks, such as control/programming of robotic/automation systems and troubleshooting of quality issues. On the shop floor, we may additionally combine touch, gesture/motion with voice interfaces to direct AI assistants that have access to search engines, databases and cloud computing services.

Matthew Littlefield is president and principal analyst of LNS Research, covering manufacturing operations management, quality management software, asset performance management and industrial automation. His blog can be found atwww.lnsresearch.com.

His five major trends predictions are : ● Global track and trace : Recent industry trends and legislation have made global track and trace a mandatory capability for doing business in industries as far ranging as food and beverage, life sciences, automotive, aerospace and defence, and electronics. Although

170

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

many companies have basic track and trace capabilities through ERP and EDI systems, when a real crisis hits, flaws in these systems become apparent and they often involve shop floor systems and the data “lost in paper-based systems.” As companies in these industries start taking traceability requirements more seriously over the coming year, more investment will be made at the data collection and data management layers to enable track and trace initiatives.

● Integrated plant engineering and operations : Over the past 10 years, the process industries have seen a major shift in how new facilities are built, commissioned and operated. These facilities are now larger, more complex, in more remote locations, and more likely to be constructed by outsourced EPC firms than ever before. To address these trends, owner-operators in the oil and gas, chemicals and other process industries are likely to start using automated software solutions for the construction of facilities

towards the shop floor. The first cloud-based software systems will

start in the MOM (manufacturing

operations management) space,

but will evolve over time to include automated data collection and even real-time control.

● Control system security : Since Stuxnet was first discovered in

2010, there has been neither a

slowdown

in

the

interest

around cyber security for the industrial sector, nor a slowdown in the number of identified vulnerabilities across a wide range

of vendor control systems. To date,

every major automation vendor has made investments to provide

improved services and consulting to their customers around cyber

security and, in many cases, this is one of the fastest growing areas of their business. Although most companies don’t want to be in the

headlines around cyber security, and much of the activity in this

space is being conducted under a

veil of secrecy, there is no doubt this is one of the hottest trends in the market.

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Powered by

Seven common KPIs for production monitoring

S

trategic philosophies or practices such as Kaizen, Lean Manufacturing, Six Sig‐ ma, Total Quality Manage‐ ment and Continuous Improvement are used by many organizations to help improve processes, drive productivi‐ ty and maintain a competitive edge in today’s ever‐increasing global econo‐ my. Despite varying concepts, each practice uses Key Performance Indi‐ cators (KPIs) to assess, analyze and track manufacturing processes.

Even if an organization does not employ formal continuous improve‐ ment initiatives, efficiency gains can still be realized by borrowing lessons learned through the visual manage‐ ment techniques of those processes.

This white paper discusses how vi‐ sual management can drive produc‐ tivity by leveraging seven common Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) for production line monitoring.

What are Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)?

KPIs are assorted variables that organizations use to assess, analyze and track manufacturing processes.

These performance measurements are commonly used to evaluate success in relation to goals and objectives.

What is Visual Management?

Visual management is the process of displaying critical information such as KPIs that relate specifically to production output, efficiency and

172

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Using Visual Management to Drive Productivity quality. By displaying this data on the factory floor, employees have a better sense of production levels and tend to strive for higher performance. Visual management also provides actionable information that allows supervisors to better monitor performance and determine, in real‐time, areas that may need improvement. The overall result helps to drive productivity throughout the organization by increasing efficiency, quality and uptime. More information on this topic is outlined in Red Lion’s “Three Visual Management Solutions” white paper.

scrap

helps

organizations

meet

profitability goals so it is important

to track whether or not the amount being produced is within tolerable limits.

Rate

Seven Common Production KPIs

KPIs tend to vary by organization.

A list of seven common production KPIs used on automated plant floors follow:

Count (Good or Bad)

An essential factory floor metric relates to the amount of product produced. The count (good or bad) typically refers to either the amount of product produced since the last machine changeover or the production sum for the entire shift or week. Many companies will compare individual worker and shift output to invoke a competitive spirit among employees.

Reject Ratio

Production processes occasionally produce scrap, which is measured in terms of reject ratio. Minimizing www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Machines and processes produce goods at variable rates. When speeds differ, slow rates typically result in dropped profits while faster speeds affect quality control. This is why it is important for operating speeds to remain consistent.

Target

Many organizations display target values for output, rate and quality.

This KPI helps motivate employees to meet specific performance targets.

Takt Time

Takt time is the amount of time, or cycle time, for the completion of a task. This could be the time it takes to produce a product, but it more likely relates to the cycle time of specific operations. By displaying this KPI, manufacturers can quickly determine where the constraints or bottlenecks are within a process.

Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE)

OEE is a metric that multiplies availability by performance and quality to determine resource utilization. Production managers want OEE values to increase because this indicates more efficient utilization of available personnel and machinery.

Downtime

Whether the result of a breakdown or simply a machine changeover, downtime is considered one of the most important KPI metrics to track.

When machines are not operating, money isn’t being made so reducing downtime is an easy way to increase www.engrreview.com

profitability. Organizations that track downtime typically require operators to enter a “reason code” via keypad, pushbutton or bar code scanner so that the most common reasons can be reviewed at a later time.

Implementing Visual Management

To demonstrate how to implement visual management, let’s consider a real‐world example of how a contract packaging company uses KPIs to drive productivity. This organization employs workers that work in teams to assemble packages and determines quotes for new jobs based upon prior time studies. Considering the unique nature of every project, making a profit on a given job is dependent on the team’s ability to set up the production line for a new run within the shortest period of time, as well as being able to maintain the assumed rate of production for the entirety of each job. To effectively accomplish this, real‐time information is required to confirm if assumptions made during the quoting process are being met.

The packaging company installed large LED displays on each line to display conveyor

speeds as well as the elapsed time during changeover periods. By implementing visual management, supervisors are now able to take immediate action when changeovers take too long or workers fail to meet required packaging rates. This deployment enabled the organization to substantially increase profitability and drive productivity with 10‐15 percent faster completion times.

Driving Productivity

Managing productivity and profit‐ ability is a key role of plant managers and engineers in world‐class manu‐ facturing operations. The amount of increased productivity and profit an organization stands to gain depends quite largely on the company and its existing processes.

Consider any given line or ma‐ chine within a production facility, and estimate the financial impact if output could be increased by 1, 5, 10 or even 20 percent. Now consider what the financial impact might be if downtime could be reduced by as much as 15 percent. Even the slight‐ est improvement can result in at‐ tractive returns. Plants with target KPI metrics should take the time to ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

173

TECH TRENDS

New X65 conveyor platform

evaluate the numbers and examine how visual manage‐ ment could drive productivity across the organization.

Since many visual management systems are low cost, there is little risk involved for potentially large returns in process improvements and profitability.

When evaluating savings potential, it is important to include all costs that may incur as a result of downtime.

For instance, there are labor and utility costs, but what about scrap? Many continuous processes require ma‐ chines run start to finish, so any interruption means scrap product. KPI monitoring helps to track such processes.

Using Visual Management for KPI Monitoring

Red Lion Controls provides industry‐leading solutions for visual management of a wide variety of applications. Red Lion’s visual management products range from simple large LED displays to the powerful ProducTVity (PTV) Station. The PTV Station is a ready‐to‐deploy plant floor visual management system that seamlessly displays real‐ time KPI data and andon messages on large televisions to drive productivity.

The Red Lion Advantage

As the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation, Red Lion has been de‐ livering innovative solutions to customers for forty years.

Our award‐winning technology enables companies world‐ wide to gain real‐time data visibility that drives produc‐ tivity. Product brands include Red Lion, Sixnet and N‐Tron.

With headquarters in York, Pennsylvania, the company has offices across the Americas, Asia‐Pacific and Europe.

For more information, Web: www.redlion.net/PTV.

174

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

R

educed Total Cost of Ownership (TCO), sustain‐ ability and innovation have been the focus in the development of FlexLink’s new generation X65 conveyor.

The new X65 platform offers twice the strength compared to the standards of today. The doubled conveyor strength has a dramatic effect on the service life and maintenance intervals of systems installed. In addition, the layouts can be made simpler as fewer drives and transfers are required for a given layout due to the increased maximum conveyor length. To the user, this has a substantial, positive impact with less complexity and a lower cost of installation. The X65 conveyor is designed for low friction, low power consumption and a long service life. In addition, FlexLink is introducing new high efficient drive technology to further reduce power consumption.

Dependent on the application and choice of drive unit, power consumption is 8‐44% less compared to previous high efficiency drive units by FlexLink.

For automated single piece flow applications, the X65 pallet conveyor system offers high quality production at low cost. The X65 pallet system stands out with a unique design and standardized functions for the handling of products up to 3 kg. The pallets and functions are prepared for the integration of process control systems, such as track & trace and MES functionalities.

Powered by

For more information Web: www.flexlink.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Optimising out put of DG SETS the DG set must be monitored & only essential load must be switched ON as required for the smooth running of the factory. Also losses due to heat should be reduced & the load Power Factor should be 0.9 or above.

Some of the solutions for the above problems are as follows: Heat loss control by thermal imaging camera

Mr. Chandmal Goliya BE (Elect.) has more than four decades experience in the field of Electrical & Electronic Test & Measuring Instruments.

E

lectricity is becoming a scarce & costly commodity day by day. Due to improper planning & lack of new Power Stations & low efficiency in the output of the existing Power Stations there is shortage of electricity.

While industry should not suffer due to the shortage but at the same time due to non availability of electricity, production out put of the industry is affected. To cover the shortage, industry has to resort to setting of alternate means of energy to full fill their requirement.

One of the means the industry resorts to is installing Diesel Generator Set in their plant for meeting their electricity supply demand. These D.G. sets run on diesel fuel which is also expensive resulting in high unit cost.

For the industry to be profitable one of the aspects is to control the cost of the input such as raw material, salary & wages, over heads etc. & DG set is no exception. If operating cost of the DG set are kept under control, the profitability of the company can increase. To control the cost related to DG set, the load connect to

176

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

A Thermal Imaging Camera can detect the hot spots in the DG systems, whether it is the hood V type air filter or exhaust pipe choke or the intake air or any other point where heat losses are high. By identifying such hot spots, proper action can be taken to reduce the heat losses.

Power factor control

Power factor below 1.0 requires a utility to generate more than the minimum VA necessary to supply the real power (watts). This increaseds generation and transmission costs 1.4 times the current. This causes extra load on the DG set leading to consumption of more fuel. To reduce the fuel cost & optimize the load, the load Power Factor plays a significant role.

For maintaining the Power Factor to 1.0 appropriate value of capacitors must be installed along with an APFC Relay. The Power Factor can be maintained near unity by installing appropriate value of capacitors on the load side & controlling the operation of the capacitor with Automatic Power Factor Controller. By improving the power factor it reduces the load burden on the Diesel Generator.

Maximum demand control

Many times in the factory there are low priority loads connected, such as air conditioners, passage lights, fountains, ground lights etc. To control the disconnection of such loads it is necessary to have Maximum Demand Controller to be connected on the load

side. With proper programming, it disconnects the non essential load not required. Maximum Demand is calculated & billed by a KW Demand meter which records the highest KW consumed in one 15 or 30 minute period over a monthly billing cycle. The purpose of controlling the maximum Demand is not to exceed the contracted maximum demand. One way to achieve this is to shed non-critical loads such as Lights, Compressors, Air conditioners, Pumps, Fans, Shredders, Refrigerators etc. By installing MDC we can keep the Demand under control & consequently reduce fuel consumption.

Vibration control

If the DG set is installed properly with proper anti vibration mounts the vibration will be minimized. If there is vibration it will affect the efficiency of the DG set resulting is more losses.

DG sets should be mounted rigidly on the ground so that there is no vibration. Vibration leads to quicker wear & tear of the bearings, shafts and can lead to misalignments. This results in lower efficiency and lower load capacity. Hence by regular checks for vibration, the efficiency will be enhanced.

Sound level control

â&#x20AC;&#x153;As per Pollution Control Board the sound level emitted from DG set should not exceed 70 dBa at a distance of one meter. Sound level meters should be installed for monitoring & recording the sound level so that there is compliance with the law.

In conclusion, by implementing the above recommendations maximum output can be obtained with high efficiency resulting profits for the user.

Powered by

For more information

Mr. Chandmal Goliya Kusam Electrical Industries Ltd. E-mail: Kusam_meco@vsnl.net

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

No More Seizing / Jamming Good combination: iglidur Q2 heavy-duty bearings and hard chrome shafts Powered by

B

earings are subject to a lot of wear, particularly in high-load oscillating applications in construction , agricultural machinery etc. The series of tests by igus which confirms a very low wear rate for the iglidur Q2 plain bearings in combination with hard chrome-plated shafts from Ovako comes at just the right time.

Plastic plain bearings from igus are made of special, self-lubricating plastics. They are suitable for high bearing forces and are thus amongst the most important lubricant- and maintenance-free plain bearings. iglidur polymer plain bearings from igus have been firmly established in heavy-duty applications for a long time, for example their properties can be exploited in construction and agricultural machinery in particular – because the heavy-duty material iglidur Q2 stands out through its extremely high mechanical strength.

Fig. 1: During the test “brass with initial lubrication” the shafts show heavy signs of wear. The test had to be abandoned due to seizure after 150,000 cycles. (Source: igus GmbH)

www.engrreview.com

And in contrast to metallic bearings, bearing systems with iglidur bearings cannot seize/jam due to “cold welding” the two surfaces get joined at high loads. In addition, the material permits favourably priced bearing solutions when compared with bearings made of conventional materials. The material can cope with a static load of up to 120 MPa and is especially suitable for heavy-duty pivoting applications such as those found in all hydraulic connections.

The advantages of igus polymer plain bearings are: ● ● ● ● ● ●

• Maintenance-free dry running Corrosion-resistant High mechanical strength Vibration-dampening Insensitive to dust and dirt Compensate tilting and sagging

Proof in tests

At igus, wear tests are continually performed on polymer bearings and shafts with a wide range of different materials, because the use of a suitable shaft is decisive for a good wear resistance since it creates the right tribo - connection.

Good results were achieved with hard chrome-plated Cromax shafts from the steel manufacturer Ovako. The tests were carried out with 30 MPa. The bearings tested had a diameter of 20 mm and a length of 20 mm. This resulted in a force of 12,000 N, which corresponds to 1.2 tonnes or the weight of a small car.

The pivoting/oscillating angle was ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

177

TECH TRENDS

60 degrees, and 30 movements per minute were achieved in the test.

Initial lubricated brass bearings served as reference objects. It was noticed that the metallic bearing under similar conditions was seen to elongate/flow (See pic.) i.e. became wider in the contact area to the shaft.

This reaction was not seen in the test with the iglidur Q2 bearing.

There was no measurable wear whatsoever on the shafts from the tribological pairing with iglidur Q2, however. It is particularly pleasing that it makes no significant difference to the wear whether a hardened chrome-plated base material (Cromax 482IH) or a non-hardened chromeplated base material (Cromax 280X) is used in combination with the iglidur polymer plain bearings. This combination allows very efficient and low-cost bushing/bolt connections to be implemented.

Dry, not lubricated

Fig. 2: There was hardly any bearing wear during the test with the material iglidur Q2 in connection with the Cromax shafts from Ovalo. The shafts revealed no wear after 200,000 cycles. (Source: igus GmbH)

A further cost aspect in heavy-duty applications is lubrication. The mechanical working required for the fitting of a lubricating nipple and regular maintenance both result in significant expenditure. Applications with iglidur bearings work dry.

If no lubrication is carried out, the corrosion protection it provides for the shaft ceases to apply. Cromax shafts are a good solution from this point of view, too, since they are corrosion-resistant thanks to the hard-chrome layer.

Technology in detail

Heavy-duty material iglidur Q2

Fig. 3: Brass with initial lubrication: During the wear test at igus, there was no proof of shaft wear on the shafts from the tribological pairing with iglidur Q2.

178

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Due to the great response, the standard range of the lubricantfree heavy-duty material iglidur Q2, which was introduced in 2011, was expanded comprehensively in 2012.

Now, iglidur Q2 bearings with and without collar are now available for all standard shaft diameters up to 75 mm. The focus is particularly on the material when heavy-duty applications need to be solved.

This material stands out especially

on account of its extremely high mechanical strength – it can cope with static loads of up to 120 MPa – and is particularly suitable for heavyduty slewing applications such as those which can be found in all hydraulic connections.

Because the material is:

● Lubricant and maintenance-free ● Wear-resistant and sturdy under high loads ● Sturdy in terms of dirt and dust ● And has a good price/performance ratio.

Its areas of application are mainly agricultural engineering, commercial vehicles, construction machinery, jig construction or in general mechanical engineering applications.

The terms “igus, chainflex, readycable, easychain, e-chain, e-chainsystems, energy chain, energy chain system, flizz, readychain, triflex, twisterchain, invis, drylin, iglidur, igubal, xiros, xirodur, plastics for longer life, manus, vector“ are legally protected trademarks in the Federal Republic of Germany and, where applicable, in some foreign countries.

Authors: Uwe Sund, Branch Manager Agricultural Engineering, igus GmbH and Gerhard Frei, authorised signatory of Ovako GmbH in Germany, by courtesy of KE Next Powered by

For more inforamtion Web: www.igus.in

www.engrreview.com

Engineering Review-Size H25cm x W19cm

T WO MEGA EVENTS. ONE BIG DECISION.

Reserve your space today and be a part of the Gear and Grinding fraternity under the same roof.

14

3RD INTERNATIONAL POWER TRANSMISSION EXPO

Stay informed on the marvels in Grinding Technology and Surface Finishing Process.

IPTEX provides complete solutions for Gear and Power Transmission systems to optimize performance and maximize productivity.

February 27, 28 and March 1, 2014, Mumbai, India.

Enhance productivity

Improve Precision

Increase reliability

Superior finishing

SUPPORTED BY

KEY PARTICIPANTS

MEDIA PARTNER

For space booking contact: Mr. T.J.P Raju, Manager Exhibitions, raju@virgo-comm.com, Mobile:+91 98455 81689 ORGANISED BY

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

Virgo House, 250 Amarjyoti Layout, Domlur Extension, Bangalore 560071, India Ph: +91 80 2535 7029; 4149 3996/7 Fax:+91 80 2535 7028 Email: info@virgo-comm.com | www.virgo-comm.com

184

| July 2013

3rd India Nuclear Energy Summit 3rd - 4th October, 2013, Mumbai, India Noppen Conference & Exhibitions Pvt. Ltd. will be hosting the 3rd Annual India Nuclear Energy Summit on 3rd & 4th October, 2013 in Mumbai.

As of 2012, India has 20 nuclear reactors in operation in six nuclear power plants, generating 4,780 MW while seven other reactors are under construction and are expected to generate an additional 5,300 MW. India now envisages increasing the contribution of nuclear power to overall electricity generation capacity from 2.8% to 9% within 25 years. By 2020, Indiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s installed nuclear power generation capacity will increase to 20,000 MW. The 3rd Annual India Nuclear Energy Summit, 2013 will lay emphasis on all the upcoming and ongoing projects, nuclear safety and security, latest updates on power regulations& policies.

Major Issues to be addressed at the 2013 event: - Nuclear Industry Overview - Exploring Funding Landscape and how to acquire funds for upcoming projects - Environmental Protection in a post Fukushima world.

- Maintaining confidence in nuclear non-proliferation and achieving effective and sustainable use of resources Speakers like R. Bhattacharya from Atomic Energy Regulatory Board will be speaking about the latest government policies and strategies. Among others, Mr. V.P. Raja, Chairman for Maharashtra Electricity Regulatory Commission and Mr. Kocherry Sebastian, MD for Power Age Engineering Consultants are the few eminent speakers participating in this conference.

For more information, please contact â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Samantha Dasgupta Regional Marketing Manager Tel: +91 80 4333 4012 Email: Samantha@blr.noppen.com.cn

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

186

| July 2013

TECH TRENDS

Small is the next big thing!

A look at how manufacturers are adapting to trends for the urban car

By Chris Needes, Global Market Manager, Automotive Chassis and Powertrain, Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics, Bearings and Tolerance Rings SBU

Powered by

www.engrreview.com

M

uch of the talk in the automotive industry in recent years has been about the rise of the urban car. Growing demand from consumers for these lightweight vehicles has been reported in Europe, the US and the booming BRICeconomies of Brazil, Russia, India and Chinaas well. As a result, car manufacturers worldwide are developing their own urban car models to tap into this burgeoning market.

An urban – or city – car is a small, lightweight passenger vehicle intended for use primarily in a built-up area. In Europe, such cars are normally known as “A-segment vehicles”, while in the US, they are generally termed “sub-compact”. In Japan, they are called “kei”cars and have been popular in the country since the 1950s.

The urban car has slightly different connotations according to size, seating capacity and engine size around the world. In Europe, there is no formal size criteria for A-segment automobiles, with classification based on comparison with other similar sized models. However, in the US and Japan, vehicles must meet strict government-defined specifications regarding seating capacity, interior volume and engine size to be termed an urban car. For example, a Japanese keicar must be no more than 3,400 millimetres (mm) in length with a maximum engine displacement of 660 cubic centimetres (cc).

Worldwide demand for lightweight vehicles, which includes urban cars, is projected to increase 5% this year and a further 6% in 2013 – a trend that industry analysts expect to continue for some time.The urban car’s growing contribution to sales figures worldwide have been attributed to several key factors.

A-segment cars have been popular in Europe for many years as a solution to congestion and lack of space in towns and cities. However, growing urbanisation in North America and emerging nations is causing consumers in these regions to follow suit.

The on-going effect of the 2008 recession in the US and Europe and the boom in the BRICs have led to a rise in fuel costs. This has resulted in an increasing number of consumers looking for new smaller, lightweight, more fuel efficient vehicles.

The economic difficulties in the US have also resulted in a new trend that has become known as “rightsizing”. Declining disposable incomes in the region mean that consumers are increasingly choosing cars that are sized to suit their needs, such as commuting, driving children to and from school and carrying the weekly shopping rather than simply selecting the largest or most prestigious model.

For a rising number of Americans, aspiration is no longer the principal factor in car purchasing decisions.

In addition, international automobile manufacturers now have to comply with government ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

187

TECH TRENDS

legislation demanding carbon emissions reduction. For example, European Commission regulations that came into effect in 2012 state that vehicle manufacturers will face fines of at least 20 Euro for every gram of carbon dioxide (CO2) emitted over the limit of 130gram/ kilometre per car across their entire fleet of vehicles. In 2015, the fine is expected to reach a staggering 95 Euro per gram. Weight reduction is an important step in enhancing fuel efficiency to meet these strict requirements.

How are Manufacturers Meeting this Trend ?

Following the trend for urban cars is not simply about producing ever smaller cars. Consumers in both developed and emerging economies still require space and comfort from the vehicles they purchase. Car manufacturers are now actively lightweighting their vehicles to achieve the required fuel efficiency, through the use of plastics andaluminium as well as innovative composite materials in the car body and in engine and interior components, that are lighter than the steelused traditionally while offering the same strength and robustness.

Car companies are also developing new hybrid engines that consume less fuel as well as smaller Electric Power Steering (EPS) motors in steering systems.

However, lightweighting vehicle components brings with it challenges that, without the use of innovative materials and technologies, have the potential to impact the carâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ability to function efficiently, its lifetime and passenger safety. It is therefore essential that manufacturers select

188

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Image 1: PTFE composite bearings are also used in the pinion gear of car steering systems for smoother movement, allowing manufacturers to use smaller, lighter EPS motors. the correct components to maximise the performance of each mechanism in the vehicle.

Ensuring Quality

To guarantee that new designs and mechanisms, made of lighter materials, work as well in automotive applications as traditional designs, it is necessary to use components designed to enhance the materialâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s positive attributes and compensate for any potential performance issues. Even the smallest parts can make a big difference to the way the mechanism, and the car as a whole, functions.

For example, by using lightweight composite bearings with a self-lubricating polytetrafluroethylene (PTFE) liner in applications such as the belt tensioner, automotive

manufacturers can achieve the same consistentfriction values and durability as with heavier rolling element bearings. At a fraction of the weight of a rolling element bearing, a PTFE composite bearing can help reduce mechanism weight without compromising performance. By adding different filler compounds to the PTFE liner, composite bearing manufacturers can alter and control the friction and wear inside the bearing according to the automotive manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s needs.

In this way, a PTFE composite bearing can be customised to providethe low friction required in a belt tensioner or the slightly higher friction required in a door hinge to ensure smooth movement while preventing the door from swinging Continue on page no.190

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.188

Image 2: PTFE composite bearings are used in the yoke between the steering rack and the pinion gear to minimise friction between the two components. shut uncontrollably.

The controlled friction values of PTFE composite bearingswhen used in steering racks and gears can enable car designers to reduce the weight of the power steering system while improving the driving experience for the motorist. Over the last few years, manufacturershave increasingly abandoned traditional heavy hydraulic power steering systems, consisting of a steering pump, hoses and hydraulic fluid, in favour of lighter electric power steering (EPS) motors. As well as being heavy, old hydraulic systems had a negative impact on fuel and operating efficiency, as their drive belts and pulleys continually drained power from the engine.

PTFE composite bearings used in the yoke between the steering rack and pinion gear offer consistent lower friction values between the mating components over their lifetime than those traditionally used.

This canenable manufacturers to use even smaller EPS motors, allowing for further weight savings, enhanced fuel economy and a reduction in CO2 emissions.

190

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Increasingly, the engines of urban cars are being designed to take up less roomin the car body to maximise the space available for passengers to enhance comfort. As the individual mechanisms are much closer to each other in these compact enginedesigns noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) can be amplified and transmitted to the steering column, impacting driver comfort.

PTFE composite bearings, when used in powertrain mechanisms, such as the dual mass flywheel, can cushion and absorb NVH from the engine and minimise its transmission to the passenger area of the car. This enables automotive manufacturers to devote more car body space to the passenger area without risking an increase in obtrusive noise or vibration, resulting in a quieter and more comfortable driving experience for the motorist and passengers.

Manufacturers are using a greater selection of lightweight alternative materials in powertrain and steering applications to help them reduce weight and meet CO2 reduction regulations. However, these materials can often have different thermal expansion rates from each other which can cause problems in mating components, increasing friction, reducing performance, and causing increased wear in the vehicle. Tolerance rings can be used to circumvent this.

The tolerance ring acts as a spring between the housing and the shaftallowing them to expand at different rates, always ensuring a tight fit between mating parts.

This can helpvehicle manufacturers reduce NVH regardless of the varying expansion rates of the materials used, enablingthem to use several different lightweight metals in the same

component to help minimise overall vehicle weight without sacrificing performance or the automobileâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lifetime.

PTFE composite bearings can also help manufacturers design mechanisms composed of different materials. The inert properties of PTFE combined with the selection of corrosion resistantmaterials that can be used in bearing backings enable manufacturers to combine steel components with those made of lighter materials used in the car body, such as magnesium. This can minimise the threat of galvanic corrosion, which can adversely affect the lifetime of the vehicle.

The use of tolerance rings and PTFE composite bearings to connectdifferent materials in automotive applications can ensure that lightweighting and CO2 emissions reduction targets are met while minimising the risk of corrosion for key components. This extends the lifetime of the car and helps to build brand loyalty with consumers.

Small is the Next Big Thing

The international automotive market will expand over the next five years.

Despite on-going weakness in Europe and North America, the car marketis showing remarkable recovery from the lean years of the 2008 recession.

However, demand in Asia and South America is driving sales growth globally, particularly for the urban car.

In all major developed and emerging economies, the market share for small cars is expected to increase for the foreseeable future due to their unique ability to overcome current motoring challenges for Continue on page no.192

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Continued from page no.190

Image 3: Tolerance rings ensure a tight fit between components made of materials of different expansion rates within a steel stator application fitted with a lightweight aluminium shaft. cost-conscious, environmentallyaware and increasingly urbanised consumers.

A growing number of automotive manufacturers are choosing to launch their own urban cars to tap into this new area of growth. As they do so, it is becoming more and more necessary for brand owners already offering urban car models to adapt their design and technology to enhance fuel efficiency and performance to differentiate their products in increasingly crowded car showrooms. Innovative components, such as PTFE composite bearings and tolerance rings can be used in a number of automotive applications to contribute to weight reduction efforts in passenger vehicles and maximise performance. These small changes in design will be the next big thing in car manufacture.

About the Author

Chris Needes, Global Market Manager Automotive Chassis and Powertrain,

192

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics, Bearings and Tolerance Rings SBU Chris joined Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics in 2008 as Product Manager in the Automotive sector, after having worked for Rencol Tolerance Rings Ltd since 2000 as Technical Project Manager and Product Manager in Automotive. Chris began his career in 1987 working as an Automotive Product Technologist for British Steel. He has a degree in Materials Engineering and is an expert in process benchmarking, project management, application development, costing, materials and material forming processes. In his current position as Global Market Manager Automotive Chassis and Powertrain, Chris’ role includes business planning, developing global strategies, developing new applications, marketing materials and training materials.

About Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Bearings and Tolerance Rings SBU

Saint-Gobain is a global leader in the design, production and distribution of innovative, high performance materials for industry and employs around 195,000 people. With operations in over 64 countries, SaintGobain is the 60th largest employer and among the top 100 global industrial companies worldwide.Last year, Saint-Gobain achieved global sales of over €42 billion. Saint-Gobain is listed on the stock exchanges of Paris, London, Frankfurt, Zurich, Brussels and Amsterdam.

Saint-Gobain’s global strategy is focused around three core markets: Construction Products, Innovative Materials, and Building Distribution; and, the company is committed to

play a leading role in developing energy efficient innovations for the

housing and construction sectors, protecting the environment, and managing growth in a sustainable fashion.

With 15 sites and six R&D

centres globally, the Bearings and

Tolerance Rings Group, a division of Saint-Gobain Performance Plas-

tics, provides ‘engineer-to-engineer solutions-in-motion’ to high volume

international OEMs in the automo-

tive, leisure, energy, industrial, and

other markets. Backed by a heritage of product innovation, technology, advanced materials and market lead-

ership, they are dedicated to working with customers using their extensive engineering expertise to deliver standard and custom solutions in

NORGLIDE® bearings, RENCOL® tol-

erance rings, SOLGLIDE® bearings, JOINSHIM® rings, and NORSLIDE®

cable liners that meet the most demanding applications.

Powered by

For more information, Web: www.bearings.saint-gobain.com

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Energising Smart Grid with Analytics

Mr. Sudipta K. Sen, Regional Director South-East Asia and CEO & MD SAS Institute India.

www.engrreview.com

U

tilities in all geographies are in the nascent stages of a transformation that will drive through the next decade. They are assessing, planning, and deploying smart grid technologies to modernise their operational and information systems by deploying advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) and other electronic communications technologies. This convergence of Information Technologies (IT) and Operational Technologies (OT) will enable the utility to track, analyse, and synchronise their networks to enhance dependability, availability, and efficiency.

India is no exception; lately Government of India has shown keen interest inmodernisingthe Indian power system by leveraging

smart grid technologies.

On recommendation of India Smart Grid Form (ISGF), Government of India has shortlisted Smart Grid Pilot to 14 distribution utilities. The estimated costs of these 14 pilots are US$ 80millionand aretargeted to complete by 2014.

As the utilities move ahead to implement the pilots, there is a need to facilitate better planning and skill development among the utilities specifically in the areas related to smart grid technologies and business models. With Smart Grid, utilities will be able to keep a closer track of efficiency, consumption patterns and reliability. Smart Grid implementations will produce a large amount of granular data, creating more requirements for people, processes and systems that can handle data and at the same time derive valuable insights from this data stream.Traditionally, a meter reading would have been taken say once or twice a month. With the implementation of Smart Grid, this data collection will take place say every 15-20 minutes. This will surely provide a lot of information about consumption patterns and operational efficiencies however, it will be most crucial to derive insight out of this data. The success of any Smart Grid project will be directly proportional to its ability of deriving meaning out of the large amount of granular data created.This makes Analytics a critical component in any Smart Grid Program.

Smart Grid Analytics is the process of examining raw data from smart grid sensors and devices, other forms of operational data, historical, ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

193

TECH TRENDS

and business data. With analytics at their fingertips, utility professionals can adopt data-driven decisions that keep the distribution network available and agile. Components of smart grid analytics include advanced load forecasting, data mining, predictive modeling, statistical / reliability analysis, network analytics, network optimisation and in-memory visualisation. ‘Analytics’ makes the Distribution network Predictive, Responsive, Agile and Self-healing for achieving the desired Return on Investment.

Analytics is the central piece that can increase value for all the stakeholders in the Smart Grid initiative: Utilities :

With Smart Grid Analytics, utilities will be able to efficiently manage demand and hence plan for the supplies accordingly. This will save costs, meet regulatory requirements and improve satisfaction indices.

Organisations can capitalise on massive volumes of new data to augment forecasting and quickly adjust to changing conditions.Analytics solutions help forecasting electricity load, which is largely driven by uncontrollable factors such as temperature, humidity, holidays, weekdays, weekends, customer acquisition, infrastructure development, etc. Smart Grid Analytics also helps leverage behavioral analytics to better segment consumers and collect better energy usage information.

Consumers:

Owing to the near real-time insights that smart grid analytics empower the users with, utilities can provide

194

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

offers that are relevant to consumers and encourage the reduction of wastage by rewarding consumers with rewards such as rebate in rates.

Such a consumption and reward mechanism can further improve consumer satisfaction.

Government :

Since utilities can now meet regulatory requirements more efficiently and consumers have a reward towards saving electricity, it will lead to minimal wastage and optimal usage.Optimal usage of electricity essentially means more resources that can be diverted to the rural areas as well and hence plan for inclusive growth. This will surely minimise the challenge of power cuts, as load can be managed for efficiently.

SAS is ranked No. 1 for smart grid analytics and data management/ movement in the recently released utility industry report, The Soft Grid 2013-2020: Big Data & Utility Analytics for the Smart Grid, by GTM Research. Energy and utility leaders around the world rely on SAS’ analytics expertise to deliver the effective smart grid solutions for data-driven decision making across the enterprise in deriving maximum value out of their Smart Grid investment.

Modernisation in metering technologies and processes is in a nascent stage and there is a lot of growth expected in the coming years. Smart Grid technologies posts benefits to all stake holders: utilities, consumers and government. However, utilities will face on-going barriers such as managing and analysing the massive volumes of expected data and accurately predicting demand.

Needless to say, there are a plethora of opportunities if these barriers can be overcome. And at the vanguard of this opportunity will be the organisations that have the right people, process and technologies to leverage analytics in transforming this vast data-stream into business benefits.

About SAS:

SAS is the leader in business analytics software and services, and the largest independent vendor in the business intelligence market.

Through innovative solutions, SAS helps customers at more than 65,000 sites improve performance and deliver value by making better decisions faster. Since 1976 SAS has been giving customers around the world The Power to Know®.SAS has been in India since 1997. SAS India operations are headquartered in Mumbai with regional offices in Bangalore, New Delhi and Pune. SAS works with organisations across Industries and offers them Analytics & Business Intelligence to fuel innovation and meet their business objectives. Year on year SAS has been leading the Advanced Analytics market in India with majority market share. It has also been awarded as one of the best places to work for by the Great Places to Work institute.

Powered by

For more Information SAS India operations Web: www.sas.com/India

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Powered by

Achieve closed-loop boring with new and improved Romicron Fine-Boring system from Kennametal ®

Produce high-accuracy holes at high RPMs with no auxiliary setting equipment or previous operator fine boring experience

R

omicron® fine-boring systems from Kennametal allow users to dial in extremely close tolerances while the tool is mounted in the machine tool, saving time and easing training. They can produce finish bores with tolerances of a few microns in diameter (1 micron = 0.001 mm) and bore-tobore variations of just a few tenths of a micron. The need for delivering high-quality, tight-tolerance holes is growing significantly in many manufacturing segments, including aerospace, energy, transportation, and medical. Traditionally, this has meant dedicated jig boring or other fineboring capital equipment requiring expensive setups, sister tooling, extensive operator training, and timeconsuming test cuts.

Newly upgraded Romicron® precision fine boring tools from Kennametal can be used at existing machine tools and produce finished bores in automated production with tolerances of a few microns in diameter (1 micron = 0.001 mm or 0.000039 inches). Using cartridges or boring bars, every Romicron® tool can be adjusted in diameter with a dial ring in 2-micron increments to achieve extremely close tolerances.

To provide instant adjustment feedback, Romicron has a clicking mechanism so machine operators not only see the adjustment at the scale, but also hear and feel it.

The new Romicron® AVS tooling covers the diameter range of 25 to 79 mm (0.984 to 3.11 inches) and can run in high-speed spindles up to 20,000 RPM. It accommodates standard ISO inserts including the latest Kennametal Beyond™ tooling, and can run with high-pressure coolant systems up to 120 bar for better chip evacuation and reduced temperatures at the cutting edge.

Basically, the Romicron® system consists of proprietary slide-gate mechanics that work similar to a transmission and translates an adwww.engrreview.com

justment in a relationship of about 10:1. This means a small adjustment by the operator at the tool is converted into a still smaller change of diameter at the cut. The slide-gate valve mechanism is self-locking so no clamping screw is required. The spindle is decoupled from the cutting force and the entire mechanism has nearly no backlash. With such straightforward and robust engineering, almost no training or experience is necessary to use Romicron.

The nearly backlash-free adjustment mechanism allows adjusting to larger or smaller diameters without rotating more than required compared to numerous back and forward movements with conventional compensating for backlash. Since adjustments with the Romicron system are easy and require no tools or additional measurement devices, adjustments can be made on the machine for higher uptime and process stability. The amount of saved time is amazing, some “clicks” are done in a few seconds, other systems require at least minutes for adjustment.

Furthermore, because the Romicron does not require a lock screw or additional tools, the adjustment process can be automated by a machine tool’s CNC, resulting in a closed-loop boring (CLB) system. With respective in-process measurement equipment, current hole dimension measurement data can be sent to a machine tool’s CNC after machining. The CNC calculates the number of adjustment increments to bring the hole within tolerance. To achieve this adjustment the machine moves the Romicron tooling inside of the machine to a position. A retractable, spring-loaded locking pin is located and engages at respective CLB holes on the Romicron® tool’s adjustment ring. Based on the calculation, the spindle rotates

the required amount of increment to adjust the Romicron tool and continues machining till the next planned measurement and adjustment cycle. Existing machines become capable of extremely close-tolerance hole finishing, increasing a shop’s capabilities and productivity.

Tips for Ultra-Fine Hole Finishing

Romicron boring systems can produce finish bores with tolerances of a few microns in diameter and bore-to-bore variations of just a few tenths of a micron under ideal machining conditions, including the following: ● Stock removal of the finishing cut should be regularly and evenly distributed concentrically, and stock removal should be kept within 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) or smaller. ● Feed should be at 0.006 in. (0.15 mm) or less per revolution depending on the material to machine and surface requirements. ● Tool tip radius should be properly checked prior to boring. ● A tolerance equivalent to ISO precision class IT6 can be achieved under normal conditions. At larger sizes ● IT5 might be able to be reached as well. ● Solid, secure workholding is key.

Thin-walled workpieces, for example, are prone to distortion and must be clamped properly. ● Special shanks may be required if bore lengths exceed 2.5 x D. ● Exotic materials must be carefully examined to determine best machining methods.

Rules and recommendations are by nature general. For specific advice regarding ultra-high-accuracy boring, contact Kennametal or visit www. kennametal.com.

For more information Web: www.kennametal.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

195

TECH TRENDS

Augmented Traceability™: The world´s first uncompromised secured traceability Powered by

Portable solution for part identification

T

echnifor, Gravotech Group, and ORIDAO are launching the first universal and secure traceability solution.

It is the innovative merger of part marking and secure RFID, allowing for the uncompromised tracing of parts throughout their life cycle. This cutting-edge technology is suited for sensitive maintenance processes in the aeronautics, defense, energy and oilfield sectors.

Gravotech, the world leader in permanent marking, and ORIDAO, a high-range specialist in secure RFID, have developed a solution combining high-quality Part Marking and RFID authentication. The objective is to provide secured and dynamic traceability: Augmented Traceability™. Concerning hardware, both Direct Part Marking and marking on the identification plate are possible. The RFID chip can be embedded in the plate or applied directly unto the part. “This technology allows aerospace, oilfield and energy operators to identify and trace parts with complete security throughout their life cycle,” explains Franck Rivet, vice president of Gravotech.

modification. This is in sharp contrast to other traceability systems on the market, which according to Nicolas Reffé, CEO of ORIDAO, “can be easily corrupted, cannot provide proof of integrity for critical operating data like proper maintenance or part status, and lose their security properties in degraded mode, as soon as network connection is lost.”

The patented RFID system developed by ORIDAO features a published cryptographic protocol, validated by independent academic and institutional third parties. The Tags are unclonable and fully compatible with the EPC UHF Gen2 standard, widely deployed for industrial traceability, making the provided solution interoperable with existing EPC UHF Gen2 infrastructures. Optionally, the

One of a kind solution

Chip including security features

196

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

First, this unique design is based on a secure RFID Anti-Counterfeiting and Lifecycle Tracking system; Augmented Traceability™ data stored on the Tag - part production, supply chain path and maintenance while in service - is digitally signed by the Tag itself, preventing any corruption or

Example of tag combining high-quality part marking and RFID authentication.

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

part lifecycle authentication can be performed online by any user, through a trusted authority web service.

Secondly, it combines two complementary technologies: part marking and RFID. RFID TAG contains the marking data, but it also offers dynamic Augmented Traceability™. If marking is a regulation obligation, RFID is a must in critical processes: it enables automatic and secured collection of data and easy control at every stage.

It simplifies the tracking and management of assets and equipment, on-line or off-line. Since it is much more optimized, improved maintenance procedures can be implemented, downtimes are reduced, and it offers a quick return on investment.

Benefits of this combined solution are redundancy and full consistency, which reduces costs during implementation. RFID Tag offers complete interoperability with RFID EPC UHF Gen 2 standard. Gravotech and Oridao have the in-depth knowledge and expertise to carry out all aspects of their Augmented Traceability™ solutions

www.engrreview.com

integration within customer processes, including design, manufacturing and supply of RFID integrated Circuits, hardened Tags, RFID readers, marking consumable and marking stations, consulting and system integration.

Finally, this quick to implement and easy to use solution is supported by Gravotech Group, experts in marking, identification and safety. “RFID solution suppliers are most of the time local companies. Gravotech is able to directly support large-scale international projects and can manage major integration programs across the globe thanks to a unique subsidiary network,” states Franck Rivet, vice president of Gravotech. Close to its customers, the group has 3 engineering centers in Asia, Europe and the USA and experienced teams in more than 30 countries on 5 continents.

Technifor is a registered trademark of GravoTech Marking, a company of Gravotech Group.

For more information Web: www.gravotech.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

197

TECH TRENDS

Renewable & Sustainable Hydro Power Projects By IMP ENERGY LTD. IMP Energy Ltd. has been launched by IMP Powers Ltd. IMP Powers Ltd. has an impressive order book of Rs. 293 crs as on date and IMP Energy Ltd. has an order book of Rs. 71 crs as on date

I

Mr. Aaditya R. Dhoot Jt.Managing Director IMP POWERS LTD. Mentor: Transformer divisionIEEMA Vice Chairman-ELECRAMA 2014

MP Energy Ltd. has been launched with a clear vision of providing excellence and perfection to explore the emerging opportunities in Hydro Power sector with fresh innovations even in the most difficult terrains.

IMP Energy Ltd. has been launched by IMP Powers Ltd., in its 50th. Year of operation expanding its wings by foraying into complete project management consultancy ( PMC ) and advisory services for renewable energy sources and thus create, enhance and satisfactorily execute the projects meeting the expectations of not only all its stakeholders but the countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s needs in renewable energy. The company, in its initial stages, shall execute small and mini hydro power projects only ranging up to 25 MW.

WATER TO WIRE

In order to realize the full potential of small hydro power plants, the whole value chain from water to wire has to work efficiently. This not only requires high degree of coordination but also the high ended technical expertise and creative thinking. IMP Energy is the only such integrated energy company that serves the entire energy conversion chain with products, solutions and services. For us, the key to success is highest degree of operational execution, knowledge driven innovative approach and most efficient and effective results. As a solution provider, we always present one face to our customer for the entire project. After completion, IMP Energy offers an extensive support network in order to ensure the high availability of maintenance and other services. Thus, by doing so we offer highest grade of operational safety and efficiency.

Powered by

198

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Vision to reality In pursuit of excellence, our motto is adherence to stringent quality norms, ethical process standards and imaginative engineering to generate GREEN energy for a cleaner and brighter tomorrow. As per the Managing Director Shri Aaditya R Dhoot, the company’s vision is “To be a complete Project Management Solutions provider in the mini and small Hydro Power Sector in India as well as neighboring countries”.

Projects never look exactly the same. Local conditions, budget limitations are the determining factors for small hydro power projects. IMP Energy, under the maneuvering precision of Director – Operations, Shri Ajay Sawhney, offers cost-effective solutions of different scope according to customer-specific requirements and capabilities.

According to him the company customizes the solutions regarding design and equipment to reach the best solution for each cliental.

Due to high degree of coordinated channel partners IMP Energy has developed the capability to integrate ideas into innovative solutions. In doing so, Director – Marketing Shri Rajendra Miami feels, the focus always on the goal to maximize efficiency, which transfers into high profitability for us and our clients’ altogether.

IMP Energy Ltd., in a small period span of 1 year has bagged good orders from LREDA ( Ladakh Renewable Energy Develpoment Agency ) and KREDA ( Kargil Renewable energy Development Agency ). All these projects are at the most challenging mountaneous terrains. The projects are as under :-

PROJECTS AT LEH – LADAKH

www.engrreview.com

( LREDA ) A. Penstock erections work as below – ( Erection work of Penstock – inclusive of civil work ) ● 2 X 250 KW – MHP at TSATI, Nubra valley, Leh – Ladakh ● 2 X 400 KW – MHP at BOGDANG, Nubra valley, Leh – Ladakh ● 2 x 400 KW – MHP at CHULUNGKHA, Nubra valley, Leh-Ladakh ● 2 X 250 KW – MHP at TURTUK, Nubra valley, Leh-Ladakh

B. Complete Contract On Turnkey Basis For Planning, Design, Engineering, Fabrication, Supply, Transportation To Site, Construction, Erection, Testing & Commissioning ( Inclusive of operation and maintenance for 2 years ) – As below :-

● 2 X 300 KW – MHP project at SHAYOK, Leh-Ladakh ● 2 X 600 KW – MHP project at WARIS-III, Leh-Ladakh

Projects At Kargil ( Kreda )

A. Complete Contract On Turnkey Basis For Design, Construction,

Manufacture, Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning. Also Execution Of Power Evacuation, Transmission Line ( Inclusive of running and maintenance of the project for 3 years ) – AS BELOW :-

● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at BAIRASS, Drass, Kargil ● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at KHANDI, Kargil ● 2 X 750 KW – SHP project at SANGRAH, Kargil

All the above projects are in full swing of operations with a committed Team of engineers and technocrats engaged industriously with just one aim – Timely completion achieving highest of perfection as required. IMP Energy Ltd. now has been considered a preferred company for total solutions in small and mini Hydro Power projects in LREDA, KREDA AND JKEDA. Thus all in all, IMP Energy Ltd. is all set for a quantum leap delivering project excellence and precision crafted services in small and mini Hydro Power plants in the country.

For more information E-mail: aditya@imp-powers.com Website: www.imp-powers.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

199

TECH TRENDS

Powered by

The Timken ADAPT bearing for slab support rolls in continuous casters

T

oday, the continuous caster is the primary production process for steel slabs, blooms and billets. There have been countless developments in the design of these machines over the last sixty years that touch all aspects of their operation. This paper addresses a new development in bearing design that is aimed at the �loat positions on slab support rolls in the bow, straightener and horizontal segments of continuous slab casters.

Fig. 1 - Typical Slab Caster Layout

Fig. g 2

Fi Fig. 3

There have been countless developments in the design of these machines over the last sixty years that touch all aspects of their operation. This paper addresses a new development in bearing design that is aimed at the �loat positions on slab support rolls in the bender, bow, straightener and horizontal segments of Continuous Slab Casters.

The application

After a continuously cast strand leaves the mould it must be carefully supported in order to maintain its shape and the thin and fragile solid skin. The prevailing method of providing this support is by rollers – these rollers are positioned on all four faces of the slab immediately beneath the mould but only on the top and bottom [wide] faces in the segments below this point. The rollers in the �irst segments are smaller in diameter than those further down the machine to allow them to be positioned close together to provide the required support to the slab. Further down, wider spaced and larger diameter rolls can be used because the cast slab cools and gains strength as it moves through the segments.

The design of the slab support roll assemblies continues to be a

Fig. 4,5,,6

200

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

challenge. This is not surprising upon observation of the current operating environment and design requirements of the rolls: ● Intimate contact with a red hot slab at temperatures as high as 900° C [1650° F] ● Internal cooling ● �peration under a constant �lood of external cooling water and steam that is contaminated with scale. ● Accommodation of signi�icant thermal axial growth – up to 6 millimeters. ● Loads on the rolls are high – up to approximately 100 tons. Roll de�lection must, however, be held to a minimum. ● Rotation at low speeds between 1.5 and 15 RPM depending on diameter and slab speed. ● Driven rolls must transmit the drive torque across their full face width. ● Assemblies must be serviceable and re-buildable.

Roll assembly designs vary between caster suppliers but, from the bearing supplier’s perspective, share many commonalities. The design variations are numerous but slab widths and therefore roll lengths are such that all rolls need intermediate support bearings across their width in order to minimize de�lection. The provision of intermediate support positions is achieved in various ways depending on the basic roll con�iguration. �ne design features separate short roll assemblies mounted in-line to provide the required overall width. Each separate roll section features one �ixed and one �loat bearing. A wide roll assembly comprising 3 sections would therefore require six bearings as shown in �igure �. �hen used in www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

a drive roll position the roll sections are mechanically coupled between the bearings. Alternately, a narrower roll assembly of the through-shaft design would require a bearing at each end plus one central support position bearing for a total of three bearings as shown in figure 3.

The resulting large number of bearings and their performance in the caster is therefore very significant to the operator in terms of cost and reliability. The challenge to the bearing supplier can be distilled down to providing float position bearings that: ● Have a high static radial capacity within compact dimensions. Static capacity is the consideration because of the low rotational speed.

They must be compact in width, to minimize the amount of unsupported slab, and outside diameter, to allow both a robust housing top section and maximum housing to slab clearance. ● Can accommodate misalignment of 0.5° resulting from the roll and support frame deflections not only during normal operation but during periods of overload. ● Have an axial internal float capability of plus or minus 6 millimeters to accommodate thermal axial growth of the roll. ● Tolerate operation with little or no elastohydrodynamic lubrication film thickness because of the low rotational speed. ● Are easy to install, remove and inspect.

The internal cooling of the rolls and bearing housings together with external cooling of the slab and rolls results in bearing operating temperatures that are only moderately high at 80 to 90° C during normal operation.

Special considerations relating to the operating temperature are limited to using a higher than standard radial internal clearance and, www.engrreview.com

Fig. 7

Fig. 7 a

sometimes, using bearings that are dimensionally stabilized to a higher temperature than the standard 150° C [300° F. bearing housings together with external cooling of the slab and rolls results in bearing operating temperatures that are only moderately high at 80 to 90° C during normal operation. Special considerations relating to the operating temperature are limited to using a higher than standard radial internal clearance and, sometimes, using bearings that are dimensionally stabilized to a higher temperature than the standard 150° C [300° F.

a spherical bushing.

These are generally referred to as Self Aligning Cylindrical [SAC] bearings [figure 5]. ● Toroidal bearings [figure 6].

All of the attempted solutions have been met with some degree of success but all have limitations or disadvantages as well. With respect

Existing bearting designs

The spherical roller bearing [SRB] performs well in fixed positions and is almost always the bearing type chosen here. However, the float position bearings have always been a challenge. Earlier designs used SRBs that were allowed to float in their housings but this was not ideal it takes a considerable axial force to move a bearing that is under a high radial load. This introduces exaggerated non-uniform reactions in the bearing. The SRB does, however, accommodate static and dynamic misalignments well. The main alternative bearing types that have been introduced in attempts to provide a solution are: ● Cylindrical Roller Bearings [CRB] with aggressive roller and/or raceway profiles [figure 4]. ● CRBs incorporated within

Fig. 8 & 9

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

201

TECH TRENDS

Fig. 10 to bearing type, problems range from limited misalignment capability to difficulties with installation and removal. The ideal bearing needs to combine the axial float characteristics of a CRB and the static and dynamic misalignment characteristics of an SRB together with simple construction and ease of handling.

The timken ADAPT bearing

The ADAPT bearing hasbeen designed specifically to address the limitations of the existing designs

and is a completely new bearing configuration. The bearing offers the axial float capability of a CRB with similar misalignment capability of an SRB. A key feature is that the bearing’s abilities to accommodate float and misalignment are independent of each other. Specifically, the bearing’s axial float position does not affect the ability to misalign and vice-versa. This is accomplished with a typical configuration of two rings and a complement of rollers. Load capacity is not compromised by the interaction of these two operating conditions. An additional benefit is that the full complement version for caster applications features a unitized roller and retainer assembly.

Basic design

The design combines a cylindrical inner-ring ring with innovative profiled rollers and outer ring. The configuration is shown in figure 4.

It should be noted that the profiles are significantly exaggerated for the purpose of illustration.

The combination of these profiles results in what can be described as ‘three point contact’. Specifically the inner-ring to roller contact occurs at a single location while the roller to outer-ring contact occurs at two separate locations. The outer-ring contacts are symmetrically disposed at either side of the innerring contact, which leads to inherently stable roller dynamics. The mechanics of each contact point follow established design practice for profiled rollers to raceway interaction, loading and resulting contact stresses.

Bearing operation

Fig. 11,12

202

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

During centered and aligned operation the loads and reactions are balanced as represented in figure 8.

It can be seen that axial movement or float of the plain inner-ring has no affect on the load distribution – just as in an NU type CRB. When an angular misalignment is introduced the initial roller to outer- ring reactions become imbalanced – the

load increases at one end of the roller and decreases at the other end as represented in figure 9.

Since the roller will always seek to balance the loads the axial component of the higher loads drives the roller over until the loads are again balanced and stability is re-established. This is represented in figure 10. Roller and raceway surfaces have enhanced surface texture to maximize the load bearing surface area. The low level of surface finish also increases the relative oil film thickness [lambda ratio] in applications where there is sufficient rotational speed to develop an elastohydrodynamic lubricant film.The bearing retainer is roller piloted and manufactured from nitrided steel for strength and wear resistance. The design allows for a full complement of solid rollers to be used while containing them in a single removable assembly. When combined with the separable innerring it results in a bearing that is straight forward to install, remove and inspect. Depending on the caster roll design the inner-ring can be installed separately on the shaft while the outer assembly is installed in its housing. Installation is further eased by interchangeable innerrings because it is not necessary to keep specific inner rings and outer assemblies together as matched sets.

Contact stress distribution

Modeling of the contact stress distribution shows that the stress levels remain within design limits.

It should be noted that the design limits are those that apply to static loading because of the low rotational speed. Figures 11 and 12 show the traditional roller to raceway contact stress distribution at the innerring for applied loads equivalent to 25 percent and 50 percent of the bearings static load rating [Co].

Figures 13 and 14 show the unique distribution at the outer-ring for the same loads. Note that there are no www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

edge stress spikes. It can be seen in figures 12 and 14 how the outer ring contact stress distribution spreads along the roller length as the load increases. This characteristic allows optimum stress distribution and acceptable stress values to be maintained despite the high applied loads. The three-point contact means that the roller is subjected to bending when it is under load. In order to accommodate this, the rollers in the ADAPT bearing are manufactured from case-hardened steel. The inner and outer rings are manufactured from through hardened material.

Design validation

Prototype bearings for design validation were manufactured to the ISO 2212 boundary dimensions at the Timken Technology Center [TEC] in Canton, Ohio. Heat-generation and bearing life tests were also carried out at TEC. Multiple test stands were utilized with each stand fitted with two ADAPT yoke bearings and two slave SRBs of the same size.

Testing involved running the bearings through a matrix of load and speed combinations with speeds ranging from 1200 to 4800 RPM and loads between 10 and 50 percent of the ISO calculated C1 rating. The test results showed that the design was sound. The bearings ran cooler than the comparator slave bearings and exceeded the calculated L10 life.

In- house validation testing in a simulated caster environment was impractical because of the low operating speed which would have required test durations in excess of one year. These positive results allowed testing to progress to the next stage using production sized bearings.

Testing and field trials

The ADAPT bearing concept was presented to the Continuous Caster Division at Siemens VAI in Linz, Austria and they agreed to cooperate with Timken in arranging for field trials to be carried out at a commercial production caster. The agreed bearing sizes for these trials www.engrreview.com

were full complement versions of the 4024 and 4032 bearings that would be installed on Siemens VAI caster roll assemblies.

The specific Timken part numbers are TA4024VC4 and TA4032VC4. The test bearings were manufactured at a production plant using standard production processes. Siemens VAI subsequently advised us that voestalpine Stahl, also of Linz, Austria had agreed to trial the bearings on their new #6 caster.

This caster was supplied by Siemens VAI and can produce slabs up to 235 millimeters thick and 1,650 millimeters wide at speeds up to 2.0 meters per minute. The 4024 bearings would be installed in a straightener segment and the 4032 bearings in a horizontal segment. The smaller bearings would be installed first with an initial successful performance milestone of 1 million tons cast. Life, heat generation and exaggerated misalignment testing of the same size bearings would be conducted simultaneously at TEC. The life and heat generation testing at TEC was done in a similar manner to the 2212 prototype bearings but with different speeds and a constant load equivalent to 40 percent of the ISO calculated C1 rating. The speeds ranged from 400 to 1600 RPM. In addition, forced misalignment testing was carried out at 0.2째, 0.35째and 0.55째 of misalignment under loads ranging from 10 to 40 percent of the C1 rating and at 600 RPM.

Test results

The in-house tests produced similar results to the testing of the 2212 prototype bearings. The ADAPT ran cooler than the slave bearings and life exceeded the theoretical L10 value by a significant margin. The cooler operation suggests less sliding friction within the bearing and the improved life/load rating suggests improved reliability. The misalignment testing confirmed that the there was no roller and retainer assembly protrusion beyond the

Fig. 13 & 14 outer-ring faces up to the maximum specified misalignment of 0.5째.The TA4024VC3 bearings installed at the voestalpine Stahl caster successfully reached 1,000,000 ton in January 2011. The TA4032VC3 bearings had successfully achieved 650,000 tons by this time. The expectation is that the 4024 size bearings successfully reach 2.7 million tons and that the 4032 size reach 4.0 million tons.

Conclusions

The objective of producing a reliable high capacity bearing offering simultaneous independent misalignment and axial float capabilities together with ease of installation, removal and inspection has been achieved. The successful trials at Timken and, more importantly, in a production caster have confirmed that the bearing meets the design intent and specification.

Acknowledgements

The author and co-authors wish to thank Siemens VAI and voestalpine Stahl for their cooperation and participation in the field trials of these bearings.

Web: www.timken.com ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

203

TECH TRENDS

Robotic solutions to increase the efficiency in foundry industries Powered by

A

ctive since 1896 in the field of building, railway and aviation, the Japanese giant KAWASAKI started the production of the first industrial robot in Japan, in 1968. With the advent of Solid state technology & the drive systems including motors, substantial technological development &improvements in the mechanical, Electrical and electronic side of the Robot including the Peripheral devices have made this Robotic technology most efficient, dependable and affordable.

Globally acknowledged manufacturing Leader Kawasaki have always maintained the common thread of AS programming language, which allows the creation of versatile and powerful applications by using already developed electronic, electrical and mechanical hardwareand thus the Compact Robots from Kawasaki are quick and precise than before.

The total power consumption of Kawasaki Robot is less than half compare to the Robot models available globally in the market. The size of the Controller Unit is only 500X420X250 mm and a 230 VAC single-phase supply is required to run this Controller Unit. The new Kawasaki E71 Control Units (fig. 3) are convincing examples of energy efficiency and compactness.

The future is now

Robot Kawasaki RS05L (6 axes, capacity 5Kg, radius 900mm) (fig. 2)

204

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Kawasaki focusedthe future strategies on important sectors, such as the Metal, Medical& Pharmaceutical, & Industrial Manufacturing Industries.

With two anthropomorphic models RS05L & RS05N which are extremely fast, accurate, versatile, and characterized by low-energy consumption, Kawasaki covers high specificity as for protection levels, emissions and washing with agents, such as VHP.

Low Energy Consumption &High Compactness of Robot Controller Unit

Fastest & Quick Robots The tests on the new Robots on real sample cycles in Pick & Place applications show that the performance difference in terms of cycle time between a traditional conventional robot and a quick Kawasaki anthropomorphic robot, shows that the Anthropomorphic Robots are by far superior. www.engrreview.com

TECH TRENDS

Technically Superior but Most Economical Robots Using solid state electronics and advanced technology, a anthropomorphic Robot is far cheaper than a conventional 6 Axis Robot available in the market place. The technical superiorities and ergonomic design make Kawasaki RS05N and RS05L most suitable for todays industries.

Accuracy of the Robots

The accuracy is within +/- 0.02 mm: this is the point repeatability of the new Robot is constant over time, thanks to the sophisticated engineering.

Powered by

Immunity to Extreme Environmental conditions

The excellent design technology of Kawasaki robots make them suitable to any aggressive environments and hence suitable to Indian working conditions. The parts such as the wrist conforms to IP67, the arm conforms to IP65 standards. The pressurized mechanical unit, electro valve are mounted on the Robot Arm. Hence these Robots do not need any environmental protection like such as Air Condition chamber etc like all other Industrial Robots.

through the dialogues via Ethernet in TCP/IP and UDP to supervisors and additional vision systems, without any additional controls.

An Easy Understandable interface between Operator Teach Pendent & Touch Screens

Kawasaki programming keyboard enables the creation of an operator interface panel (fig. 4) with buttons, selectors, Text boxes, & are managed on a large coloured Touch screen.

The programming of Kawasaki robot is very simple and easy.

KAWASAKI Robots with Yf03 and Ys02 Parallel kinematics

The application of anthropomorphic robot to the new parallel kinematic YF03N and YS02N robots completes the range that are suitable to all Packaging and assembly operations, which requires much higher speed for excellence in operation.

The YF03N Model has a wide work area, it is extremely fast and suitable to canning and handling on large work areas, even in multiple tracking with vision systems on large work areas (fig. 8), designed to read Data Matrix codes on packaging (fig.

9).

Versatile Robots suitable to complex applications

A six-axis Robot clearly allows creative designing solutions.

Kawasaki AS programming language is easy understandable and provides series of useful instructions for the most demanding applications. The Multitask function feature allows the system to sign in and operate www.engrreview.com

Kawasaki YF03N Robot (4 axes), capacity 3kg, diameter 1300 mm, depth 500 mm) (fig. 5).

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

205

TECH TRENDS

Kawasaki YS02N Robot (4 axes, capacity 1 kg, diameter 600 mm, depth 200 mm) (fig. 6).

An important feature of both model is the kinematic structure which mounts the axis 4 motor on the axis, improving its reliability (fig. 10).

Including an air rotary distributor, axis 4 lightens the gripping device and enables a higher actual load.

Carbon fibre and titanium alloys are used to manufacture these robots with extreme performances, at very attractive economic conditions.

Reliable Robots

All Kawasaki Robots are designed on the basis of very high reliability standards (MTBF 120,000 hours with MTTR 15 minutes). {Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) and the valve area measured in Japan &Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Valve measured by performing Troubleshooting test campaigns in Kawasaki laboratories}

Summing upâ&#x20AC;Ś As it can be understood from the specifications, there are two complementary robots: The YS02N model is compact, extremely fast and suitable to trays deposition and removal, and manipulation. A coaxial camera can be mounted and the model operates also in tracking (fig. 7).

206

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The Technological advances and the unique flexibilities for the fast anthropomorphic Kawasaki robots allow many innovative usage of Robotic solutions. With the Robot integration done by TIESSE ROBOT spa, Italy,( a sister concern of Kawasaki Robot located in Italy), Automation India Welding

Technology Pvt Ltd, New-Delhi is committed to bring these advance manufacturing technologies in India and to provide its customers with the experience gained in the application of Kawasaki robots and in the development of application software and vision systems (fig. 11) which make the use of such robots even more flexible.

For more information www.automationindiawelding.com

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

PRODUCT INDEX Product Name

Company Name

Page no.

AMETEK Rotron

Anantha Hanumaiah

210

Automatic Industrial Overhead doors : The ideal solution for all industrial needs

Gandhi Automations Pvt. Ltd.

220

Cable drag chain

Kumbhojkar Plastic

209

Cable Glands – IP 54, IP 68, EMC Double Compression 90 years + of German excellence in India

Geissel India Pvt. Ltd.

220

CDS6U & CDS6UTS

Connectwell Industries Pvt. Ltd.

219

Gas detector – High Consentration

Prism Gas Detection Pvt. Ltd.

222

Hardness Tester

India Tools & Instruments co.

209

Industrial valves casting

B. B. INVESTMENT CASTING

210

Infrared thermometers with TFT color LCD display & camera function

India Tools & Instruments co.

209

Sabin E Type Chain

Controlwell India Pvt. Ltd.

219

Self priming ss pump

Moniba Anand Electricals Pvt. Ltd.

221

Stainless steel cable ties

Rivia Enterprises

221

Torque wrenches

Tulex Industrial Tools Pvt. Ltd.

222

208

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Hardness Tester

● Hardness testing of large and heavy objects ● In production line of mass produced components ● Materials identification in stores and warehouses ● In locations with difficult access, or in confined spaces ● Measuring accuracy: +/- 0.5% ● Impact device: Universal D device - Integrated ● Hardness measurement values include HLD, HRC, HRB, HB, HV, and HS ● Automatic calculation of average and mean test values ● Power: AAA 1.5V batteries (2pcs) ● Weight: 166 g

Infrared thermometers with TFT color LCD display & camera function Features:

1. 2.2’’ TFT 320*240 pixels Color LCD display 2. Camera 640*480 pixels 3. Images (JPEG) & Video (3GP) 4. Micro SD memory card 5. Dual laser targeting 6. Date/time setup controls 7. Auto Power Off 8. High Temperature 9. Max, Min, DIF, AVG record 10. High and low alarm 11. Adjustable emissivity & Trigger lock 12. Type K input 13. USB interface 14. Readings memories 15. Humidity & Air temperature 16. Dewpiont & Wet bulb temperature 17. Language selection: English, French, German, Spaish

Response Time : Less than 300ms Resolution 0.1°up 1000°, 1°over 1000° Basic Accuracy(IR) : ± 1.0% of the reading Optical Resolution : 50:1 Distance to Spot Size Emissivity Adjustable : 0.10~1.0 Adjustable Basic Accuracy(IR) : ± 1.0% of the reading Micro SD memory card : Max. support 8GB Weight : 494g

Accessoires :

3.7V Li Battery, Type K Temp. probe, USB cable, Carrying case with Calibration Certificate .

For more information India Tools & Instruments co.

12/18, Tawa Lane, Unity House, BOMBAY – 400 003.

Tel: 23428862 / 9819345050 E-mail: itico@vsnl.com Web:www.indiatools.net

C

Cable drag chain

able Drag Chain used in NC & CNC machines, cranes is one of the products designed, developed and manufactured by us. Available in 8 sizes the Cable Drag Chain is made form Polyamide material. The Chain is available with end metal clamps. Enclosed electric cables move along with the drag chain, which moves to & fro with the moving parts of the machine, this improves the electric cable life.

Kumbhojkar Plastic Moulders a trusted name in Engineering Plastics and winner of Prestigious Plasticon

PLASTIC CABLE DRAG CHAIN Dimensions & Specifications Given In Our Catalogue Are Subject To Change Without Any Notice.

IR Temp. Range :- 50 to 2200 deg c / -58£ to 1832£ www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

209

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Award 2000 for the product Cable Carrier Assembly, has developed product that is used in NC & CNC machines viz. Cable Drag Chain. The product is designed, developed and manufactured by us. Available in 5 sizes the Cable Drag Chain is made form Polypropylene Glass Filled material. The individual links can be easily press fitted with hand as per the length requirement. The Chain is available with end metal clamps. Enclosed electric cables, Pneumatic Hoses, Coolant hoses, etc. move along with the drag chain that moves to & fro with the moving parts of the machine. This improves the life of the enclosed cables or hoses by avoiding direct stretching. Usually one end is fitted on the machine bed with metallic end clamps and the other end is fitted to the moving part of the machine. We provide you with the metallic end clamp. Also we suggest that in case the length of the Cable Drag chain is more then you should use Cable Guides, so that the drag chain while returning to its position seats in between the guides thus preventing the breakage due to side movement.

For more information Kumbhojkar Plastic Moulders 129, Narayan Peth, Pune – 411 030 or fax your enquiries on 020-4480544 E-mail: sales@kumbhojkarplastics.com Web:www.kumbhojkarplastics.com

C

AMETEK Rotron

ompact inverted blowers from AMETEK Rotron (www.rotron.com) provide concentrated high volume airflow for critical cooling applications in ruggedized computers, avionics and communications. The Trimline blowers have their motors located inside the squirrel cage wheel for reduced size and inherent motor cooling.

Their small size allows easy mounting in any attitude to direct the

210

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

flow where it is required.

Applications include:

● Military and general aviation avionics ● Ruggedized computers ● Rack-mounted electronics ● Heat exchangers ● Mobile environmental control systems In higher impedance systems, inverted blower technology can deliver twice the airflow of axial fans of the same size, with less generated noise. It also requires significantly less clear space in front and back so it can be mounted in closer proximity to other components.

The Trimline’s concentrated air streams deliver effective cooling in high impedance applications typical of miniaturized enclosures. The blowers are effective in cooling fins on external heat sinks. Due to the Trimline’s low noise signature, they can also be used as retrofit crew member comfort blowers in military vehicles where air conditioning is not practical.

With a unique form factor measuring only 12.06 x 12.06 x 4.06 cm (4.75 x 4.75 x 1.60 in), the blowers fit easily into slim chassis enclosures. For even tighter situations, half-Trimline blowers measuring 9.9 x 12.06 x 4.06 cm (3.9 x 4.75 x 1.60 in) are available. Speeds range from 2700 to 6300 RPM; airflows range from 21 to 45 CFM. AMETEK Rotron is a world leader in brushless DC motors, blowers and pumps for aerospace, military, masstransit, medical and computer applications. It is a unit of AMETEK, Inc., a leading global manufacturer of electronic instruments and electromechanical devices with annual sales of more than US$3 billion.

For more information Anantha Hanumaiah AMETEK Instruments India Private, Ltd. Tel: +91-80-6782-3259 Email: ananth.h@ametek.com

B

Industrial valves casting

.B. Investment Casting Is ISO 9001:2008 By Tuv India Certification Body And Ped-97/23/Ec & Ad 2000-Merkblatt W0 By Tuv Nord Certified Manufacturer Of Industrial Valves Casting by Lost Wax Process. Their foundry plant is having ultra modern infrastructure, testing laboratory and die development section. They can undertake industrial valves casting by lost wax process Continue on page no.219

www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

215

| July 2013

PRAGATI MAIDAN, NEW DELHI

VISIT EXHIBITION & CONFERENCE ON COMPOSITES INDUSTRY

In tr od uc in g

24 25 26

www.IndiaCompositesShow.com

Conference

India Composites Conference 24-25 OCTOBER 2013 PRAGATI MAIDAN, NEW DELHI Topics covered: Government Policy for composites in India I How is global economic scenario affecting the Indian composites market I Infrastructure: Benefiting from Opportunities I Electronics: Entering the market I Design and composites: For the Better in composites I Aerospace: Future in Composites I Wind Sector: The rise of

Contact: Manik Chaudhary +91-9990626964 manik.chaudhary@reedmanch.com

new technologies I Automobile Sector: The Potential for Composites to Grow I The Recent Initiatives for Composite Application in the New Sectors

Foundation Partner

Silver Partners

Organised by

Media Partners INDIAN

MACHINERY

TECHNOLOGY

ENERGY, POWER

OIL & GAS PERCEPTION

043

An ISO 9001 : 2008 Certified Co.

In prehistoric age, we learned how to

CREATE FIRE

In middle age, we learned how to

USE FIRE In NEWAGE ,

we learn how to be P R O T E C T E D

FROM FIRE

PRODUCTS : FIRE-FIGHTING HOSES & ACCESSORIES, SPRINKLERS & ANCILLARY PRODUCTS, WATER & FOAM MONITORS & NOZZLES, FIRE HYDRANT & ANCILLARY PRODUCTS, PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS, FOAM EQUIPMENTS & ACCESSORIES

SYSTEMS : FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS - WATER, FOAM, DCP & GAS

4, Champaklal Industrial Estate,Sion (E) Mumbai - 400 022 (INDIA) | T : +91-22 2407 7421 / 22 | F : +91-22 2407 1320 info@newagefireprotection.com | www.newagefireprotection.com | Facebook: newagegroupindia

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Continued from page no.210 according to drawing, specification & sample provided by the customers. They are expertise and specialist for investment casting for industrial valves components like Body, Bonnet, Port, Handle, Actuator, Disc, Stem, Balls etc. for type of valves like Ball valves, Globe valves, Gate valves, Non-return valves, Check valves, Y-Strainers, Butterfly valves, Needle valves, Control valves, Double Block & Bleed Valves, Plug valves, Cryogenic Valves, Flush Bottom Valves, Piston valves, Diaphragm Valves, Knife Edge gate valves, Water check valves.

For more information B. B. INVESTMENT CASTING G 2205-2206,Road No. “A”, Lodhika G.I.D.C., METODA – 360 021 Dist.: Rajkot (Gujarat) India Mobile : +91-9429245839 / 9925208050 Tel. : +91-2827-287897 / 287898 E-mail : bbicindia@rediffmail.com Web: www.bbicindia.com

T

CDS6U & CDS6UTS

he CDS6U & CDS6UTS Disconnect & test Terminal Block is used for measuring, control and regulatory circuits. They provide a clear functional advantage for the devices having the utility instruments and associated transformers.

Separate testing points facilitate insertion of test probes. Disconnection is achieved by the means of a slide link operated with a Screw Driver. In CDS6U/TS, the insulated test point screw system is integrated.

Specification:

Terminal Pitch : 8mm Connection Possibility : 1.5 – 6 Sq.mm Rated Voltage : 800V www.engrreview.com

Rated Current : 41 A These Terminal Blocks are preferred for the connections that involve safety requirements of the Electrical Supply Industry (ESI) Standards, British CEGB regulations and NTPC Applications.

For more information Connectwell Industries Pvt. Ltd. D-7, Phase 2, M.I.D.C., Dombivli - 421 204, India Tel.: +91 251 3980 600, 3980 800; Fax: +91 251 3980 700 E-mail: connect@connectwell.com Website : www.connectwell.com

C

Sabin E Type Chain

ontrolwell introduces Sabin Chain E type - the progressive next generation cable chain, made of recyclable high quality engineering plastic. By virtue of its design, it drastically reduces the dust and noise problem existing in enclosed type Cable chain. The Sabin Chain uses band connection method, for the first time in the world, eliminating the link pin connection method.

The elasticity of band connection method of Sabin Chain makes the chain operate smoothly and can resist the high speed of machine, improving the productivity to more than 30%.

Sabin Chain E type have been designed to protect the cable perfectly from the external dust and foreign substance and this condition protect the cables safely from many of dangerous factors at the car welding production line. Sabin Chain E type are RoHS compliant and is the most suitable cable protection system which had been tested in various situation and developed various dimension to adapt at any of application environment.

Sabin Chain possess prestigious IPA Dust Test Certificate (VDI2083 CLASS2/DINEN14644-1 ISO CLASS 4) and TUV noise test certificate (30dB).

For more information Controlwell India Pvt. Ltd. C-203, Prithvi Park, Plot No. 4,5 & 6, Sector 30, Sanpada, Navi Mmbai - 400 705. (India) Tel.: +91 22 2775 6293 Fax: +91 22 2761 8767

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

219

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

E-mail: sales@controlwell.com, Web: www.controlwell.com

Automatic Industrial Overhead doors : The ideal solution for all industrial needs ● Best use of transit openings ● Weather resistant ● Maximum safety heir compact size leaves more available space both inside and outside the premises. These overhead doors ensure a better use of inside space as the side runners vertically move the door along the wall and parallel to the ceiling. The doors are installed above the opening, thus ensuring a better use of the transit opening.

Easy and practical to open and operate - As these doors slide vertically, stopping in the proximity of the ceiling, they blend in with the architectural features of the building. Their compact size ensures more available space both inside and outside of the premises. The doors are also easy and practical to use, especially if the original Ditec motors are used.

T

More environmental control – Heat insulation and soundproofing ensured by heat-insulated panels improve working conditions on the premises and ensure energy savings.

Light and aesthetically pleasing environments –

220

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

The panels can also be manufactured with the addition of practical portholes or full aluminium sections featuring polycarbonate or unbreakable glass panels, wire meshing or air grilles.

They add value to the premises and meet all requirements The design and different solutions offered ensure the door to be aesthetically pleasing and perfectly suited in any architectural environment – from modern and traditional industrial buildings to fine commercial buildings. The doors can meet any industrial and commercial requirement and add value to the building they are installed on.

These doors are built to ensure the highest ease and flexibility of use which, in turn ensures a quick, hassle free and accurate replacement of old doors.

Reliability - All products are affixed with a CE mark.

Gandhi Automations Pvt. Ltd. 2nd Floor, Chawda Commercial Centre Link Road, Malad(W) Mumbai – 400064 Off : 022- 66720200/66720300(200 lines) Fax : 022-66720201 Email :- sales@geapl.co.in Website : www.geapl.co.in

Cable Glands – IP 54, IP 68, EMC, Double Compression 90 years + of German excellence in India

G

eissel India is fully owned by the Geissel Group, Germany and is an ISO 9001: 2008 certified Company. The “Geissel” brand of cable glands is well known and accepted worldwide. The products are made from brass, polyamide and stainless steel S.S 303(1.4305) & S.S. 316 TI (1.4571) – according to RoHS standards – up to cable dia of 116 mm with all kinds of threads, i.e. Pg, metric and inch. The cable glands meet specifications of IP 54, IP 68 and EMC.

The latest introduction is DOUBLE COMPRESSION GLANDS–designed in Germany, but made in India.

They are certified by C I M F R, Dhanbad. The special

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

features are: ● The only IP 68 solution for double compression glands. ● Available in BSC and Metric threads.Other threads like Pg, NPT or BSP on request. ● Three sizes of glands to suit cable dia from 12 – 34 mm- this wide clamping range per size allows the user to reduce stock and minimize different sizes of cable glands. ● One type of gland for Weather proof, Waterproof, Flameproof suitable for gas groups IIA & IIB, Zones 1 &2 ● Explosion proof suitable for gas group IIC, Ex – d, Zones 1 & 2. ● Patented and protected.

We also manufacture Conduit, Conduit glands, lock nuts, plugs, reductions, enlargements, adapters,&twisting sleeves.

All these are available ex stock from our factory at Pune.

Our 55 page catalogue has detailed specifications of all the products. It is available on special request and can also be found on our website. www.geissel.com For more information Geissel India Pvt. Ltd., 1102, Mutha Road, Pirangut, Taluka-Mulshi, Pune 412 115 Tel: +91 20 22922125 – Fax: +91 20 22922480 E-mail: info@geissel-india.com

Self priming ss pump Specification :

is made from SS-316 investment casting.

Salient Features : Self Priming Application

Wide range of applications in various industries such as alimentary, petro-chemical. Textile, Pharmaceutical. For pumping inflammable liquids with flame proof motors.

Liquid Handled

Barium Cyanide, Barium Sulphate, Carbon Di Sulphate, Hexane, Hydrogen Fluoride Platting Sol. Copper & Iron and Many More

For more information Moniba Anand Electricals Pvt. Ltd. (Mumbai) 5, Saphire Building, Gr. Floor, Tirupati Park, Sativalli Road, Village Waliv, Tal. Vasai (E), Opp. To Professional Couriers, Dist- Thane- 401 208, Tel.: 0250-6450425/26/27 Mr. Rakesh Engineer : +91 93230 13491 Email: moniba83@gmail.com

S

Stainless steel cable ties

elf-locking stainless steel cable ties provides a strong, durable method of bundling and fastening. The ties are designed for use in application where strength, vibration, weathering, corrosion extremes are a factor. The low weight, high strength of the ties makes them more effi-

Capacity Range: 7 LPM to 125 LPM Head Range : 2 to 30 Mtr Electrical Motor : 0.5 HP to 3.0 HP Sealing Arrangement : Carbon / SIC Multi Spring

M. O. C.

Volute Casing, Open peripheral type Impeller & back plate www.engrreview.com

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

221

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

cient and reliable than conventional fasteners. The single wrap, Self-locking low weight design provides improved efficiency and reliability.

The self-locking Ball Lock design provide quick and easy installation. Their high strength, non-flammability, fully rounded edges and easy ball lock tie design provide the ultimate support for bundling and securing cables, virtually any indoor, outdoor and under ground applications. Used in: Automotive, Air craft, Truck / Car engines, Telecommunications, Traffic Signals, Aerial Support, Telephone cables, Electric cables, Communication Towers, Ship Building, Offshore, among others.

For more information Rivia Enterprises GF7/89b,Sundaram, Sion Circle,Mumbai-400022 Tel : 91-22-24077291 Email: riviaindia@gmail.com Web : www.cabletiesindia.com

MPQ 3033- An ACE (Accurate, Compact, Easy to use) Power Analyzer

M

otwane introduces MPQ 3033 POWER QUALITY ANALYZER as a power quality measuring instrument for monitoring, recording and analyzing AC power systems. The anomalies like harmonics in voltage &current, flickers, dips &swells in supply, inrush currents which cause the malfunctions to occur in electrical equipment used. MPQ 3033 has come up with a complete solution for the analysis the power quality. This is a 3-ph3w /3ph 4w instrument to measure voltage, current, frequency, power & energy, harmonic, dips and swells, flicker, inrush current.

MPQ3033 has a special feature of data recording of different power parameters for 960 hours with selectable time intervals. It can also measure the inrush current up to 2000A.Different functions like histogram; trend gives a statistical and graphical analysis to find out the area of

major energy losses. The harmonics of current and voltage are measured in three different parameters up to 50th order, with frequency spectrum graph and THD, as it is the major parameter which is responsible for unhealthy power. The unbalances of voltage and current are displayed in numerical as well as in vector form. The hold feature is useful for taking reading accurately. It helps you locate, predict, prevent and trouble shoot problems in power distribution systems. MPQ3033 is a compact, easy to operate and affordable power quality analysis instrument, ideally suited to measure the power quality anomalies.

MPQ 3033 comes with portable design and touch screen with phase color code, having voltage range up to 700V and current range up to 3000A AC. The CT PT ratio selection is provided, in MPQ3033 so as to cover the large set of applications. This meter has all power measuring parameters for3-phase /1phase apparent, active, reactive power & power factor. Digital oscilloscope provides the Simultaneous display of voltage & current waveform with horizontal &vertical zoom in & out. The analyzer comes with an inbuilt memory of 128 MB & software facility which allows creating test report directly in excel format.

High performance Li battery for high speed charging along with AC battery charger is provided. it has high sampling speed of 25k/second. MPQ 3033 especially serve’s better in Industries like Metal, Cement, Heavy Industries ,OEM’s, Processing industries, Petrochemicals, Energy Auditors, etc. The advanced features help you to get the testing done as per your requirement.

For more information Toll Free No. : 18002337766 or mail : sales@motwane.com , abhijitjoshi@motwane.com

Gas detector – High Consentration

P

RISM GAS DETECTION an ISO: 9001 company proudly presents the next generation digital Gas Detectors.

The COSMOS XP-3140 is a part of the new XP-3000 series which features portable detectors for various gases.

PRISM is established in providing Gas Monitoring Systems to all major Oil Companies like IOCL, HPCL, BPCL, SHV, Gujarat Gas, GAIL, IFFCO, BARC, NTPC, HLL, House of TATA, BIRLA, OBERIO, HONDA, ITC etc. Its Systems are working all over India. The company has always been Technology and Customer driven and has always given the best at the least cost.

Continue on page no.224

222

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PRODUCT SHOWCASE

Continued from page no.222 The XP-3140 is for measurement of high concentration gases up to 100Vol%. This is a reliable, flexible system with enhanced electronic features in a rugged field proven design and is suitable for inspecting the amount of gases remaining in tanks.

The XP 3140 model has two Low ranges 0-10Vol% or 0-30Vol% and High Range 0-100Vol%. The device is most suitable for monitoring risk of explosion and can detect presence of any Combustible gas such as Methane, butane, Hydrogen, Helium, Argon, Carbon Dioxide etc. New Digital Display with simulated analogue Scale: It has a big LCD screen with a simulated analog scale and digital numeric read out which displays the gas concentration and levels at a glance. The numeric and simulated scale are displayed simultaneously. The big screen with a back light makes it very easy for an individual to see the readings even in low light conditions, the digits shown on the screen are also large in size facilitating easier reading.

The XP-3140 detects Combustible gases using thermal conductivity sensor. The gas alarm is an Intermittent Buzzer with a flashing red lamp right above the screen.

The alarm is set at 50Vol%. Built in Correction Factor for up to 5 Flammable gases: The device is single gas but can be termed as multi gas, concentration of up to 5 types of flammable gases can be read directly. The devise comes with built in correction factor for these flammable gases.

Auto Ranging Function: Being a Mutli range detector the detector automatically changes its reading ranges from L-Range to H-Range or vice-versa when the gas is changed as a result it reduces possibility of human error.

Data â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Logging Function:

The XP-3140 makes it easy for maintaining logs as it can be connected to a PC and the readings can be downloaded on to the PC with the data cable and software. The device can be easily connected to any PC having a USB port and can be used to store the monitored logs for future references.

Self â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Diagnostic Function:

The XP 3140 comes with self-diagnostic functions that can

224

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

detect low sample flow, sensor disconnection & circuit integrity. The Xp-3140 has an in-built self diagnostic mechanism which enables the device to detect low sample flows, sensor disconnections, low battery or any circuit integrity thereby incase of improper readings.

The XP-3140 informs you of the possible cause enabling the user to take the necessary corrective action.

Built in sample draw pump:

The device is having in built micro air pump. This makes instrument much more effective and sensitive as it keeps on drawing air sample. XP3118 also has a probe, moisture Filter/Trap and comes with standard 1 meter sampling hose. Optionally sampling hose is available in various lengths up to 30 meters.

Two power options:

The XP-3140 runs up to 20 hours on 4 AA Alkaline batteries and up to 5 hours on the re-chargeable NiCd battery, which means that the device has 2 power options thereby providing a backup for urgent monitoring.

Light weight and compact:

The device weighs just 450gms which is makes functionally very for the user and has explosion proof structure.

Instrument is supplied with Standard Accessories as Soft case, 4x AA alkaline dry cells, Gas sampling hose (1 m), Probe with filter moisture trap, spare filters and manual. Optional accessories can be 2-30m gas sampling hose, Gas dilution probe, Data download software (CDROM software and USB cable).

PRISM - AN ISO 9001 Company - offers a very large range of portable detectors and FIXED ON LINE GAS MONTORING SYSTEMS for practically ANY GAS in ANY INDUSTRY including Special Applications like Ozone Detection, Odour Indicator, as well as Multi Gas Meters. We also provide Calibration, Repair Services & Process Instrumentation Integrated Solutions.

For more information E-mail: prism@lpgsafety.com

www.engrreview.com

IN SIDE

Information on latest projects in India

PROJECT UPDATE

PROJE C T - I N D E X Sr. No.

226

Project Category

Pg.No.

1

CONSTRUCTION

227

2

HOSPITALITY

228

3

HOUSING

229

4

REAL ESTATE

230

5

RENEWABLE ENERGY

231

6

ROADS / HIGHWASY / BRIDGES

232

7

SPORTS INFRASTRUCTURE

234

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

P

lans construction of school building at GSSS Madina block Meham district Rohtak. Completion period: 18 months.

Location : Rohtak, Haryana Budget : Rs. 2.96 crore Haryana School Shiksha Pariyojna Parishad Executive Engineer, Sector-5, Shiksha Sadan, Panchkula, Tel : 0172- 2586044, Fax : 0172-2586026

CONSTRUCTION

P

lans construction of nursing quarters for GMERS medical college Sola, dist: Ahmedabad. The work is likely to start in 3 months. Completion period: 18 months.

Location : Ahmedabad, Gujarat Budget : Rs. 9.04 crore Govt of Gujarat, Health & Family Welfare Department K P Choksi, Deputy Executive Engineer, Project Implementation Unit, Near Nursing College, P.G. Hostel Building Civil hospital Campus, Sector12 Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

Tel: 079-23231393, 232 31434, Fax : 23231995, M: 9978407902, E-mail: piusec10@yahoo.com

P

lans construction of SDO complex in sector 12 at Bahadurgarh in Jhajjar district. Bidding process is on. The work is likely to start after 2 months. Completion period: 18 months.

Location :Bahadurgarh, Haryana Budget : Rs. 6.15 crore Govt of Haryana, Public Works Department DVS Dahiya, Executive Engineer, Provisional Divisional, B & R, Bahadurgarh, Haryana.

Tel : 01276-234113, M: 9416051055, E-mail: pwd-eepd-bahadurgarh@hry.nic.in

www.engrreview.com

P

lans construction of polytechnic building at Sironj dist Vidisha. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months and take 18 months to complete.

Location : Vidisha District, Madhya Pradesh Budget : Rs. 5.90 crore Madhya Pradesh Housing and Infrastructure Development Board N K Gupta, Deputy Housing Commissioner, 3rd - 4th Floor, Block-3, Paryavas Bhavan, Mother Teresa Road, Bhopal-462011, Madhya Pradesh.

Tel : 0755-2551659, 2554809, Fax : 0755-2556065, M: 9827014039, E-mail: mphousing@email.com, nkgupta.mphb@gmail.com.

P

lans to construct a multi-storey building at Anna Salai in PPP mode at Chennai. The concession period is likely to be for 30 years. The department will give 32.95 grounds (one ground is 2,400 sq ft) of land available with it on Anna Salai, Nandanam, for developing the building.

Location : Chennai, Tamil Nadu Budget : Rs. 120 crore Tamil Nadu Slum Clearance Board Jayapal, Chief Engineer, No. 5, Kamarajar Salai, Triplicane, Chennai -5.

Tel : 044 – 28441101, 28441430, E-mail: tnscb@yahoo.com

B

agged a contract from Bharitya City Developers Pvt Ltd for construction of a housing project ‘Nikoo Homes’ at Tannisandra Outer Ring Road, Bengaluru. The project is scheduled to be completed within 34 months.

Location : Bengaluru, Karnataka Budget : Rs. 264 crore Pratibha Industries Ltd Raju Bansal, Manager-Business

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

227

PROJECT UPDATE

Development, Universal Majestic, 13th & 14th Flr, PL Lokhande Marg, Ghatkopar Mankhurd Link Road, Govandi, Mumbai – 400043, Tel: 022- 39559999, M: 09930458537

T

he company has given a contract to BE Billimoria & Co for construction of commercial tower in Wave City Center at Noida.

Location : Noida, Uttar Pradesh Budget : Rs. 282 crore Wave Infratech Pvt Ltd Naresh Kapoor, GM (Projects), C-1, Sector-3, Noida, Uttar Pradesh – 201301.

Tel: 0120-4180500, E-mail: naresh.kapoor@waveinfratech.com

P

lans construction of auditorium block at Jakkur campus. Bids were recently invited in this regard.

Location : Bangalore, Karnataka Budget : Rs. 2.60 crore Jawaharlal Nehru Centre For Advanced Scientiϔic Research A N Jaychandra, Sr. Administrative Ofϔicer, Jakkur P.O Campus, Bangalore-560064, Karnataka.

Tel : 080-22082750, 49, 51, E-mail: jay@jncasr.ac.in.

Amravati Housing and Area Development Board J D Rajput, Executive Engineer, Griha Nirman Bhavan, Tope Nagar, Amravati, Maharashtra.

Tel: 0721-2662887, Fax : 0721- 2663208, M: 9527408651.

P

lans construction of circle of�ice building at Bundi.

The project work is likely to start in two months and completion is targeted in 12 months. Bids were recently invited.

Location : Jaipur, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 1 crore Jaipur Vidhyut Vitran Nigam Ltd Manoj Kumar Sharma, Superintending Engineer, Room Number 318, MIS Cell, Jaipur Discom, Vidhyut Bhawan Jyoti Nagar, Janpath, Jaipur, Rajasthan.

Tel: 0141-2207932, 2747035, Fax : 2747015, M: 9413390950, E-mail: cecivil@jvvnl.in, jaipurdiscom@sancharnet.in

P

lans construction of godowns for storage and preservation of FCI stocks for a minimum period of 10 years guaranteed basis at Belgaum - 25000 mts, Karwar 15000 mts. Bids are under evaluation.

Location : Belgaum, Karnataka Karnataka State Warehousing Corporation G.H.Ramesh, General Manager, No. 43 Primrose Road, Bangalore- 25, Karnataka. T: 080-25571656, M: 8095415333, E-mail: md@karnatakawarehousing.in, info@kswc.in (PR.Shiv Prasad, MD)

C

onstruction of 14 shops � 12 of�ices and vegetable market at S.No. 24/2 Mauze Malkapur, Gorakshan Road. The work is likely to start in 1 month after the bid �inalisation. Completion period� 12 months.

Location : Akola, District Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 3.80 crore

228

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

HOSPITALITY

T

he company has recently launched 120 room hotel in Chennai. This property will go on full stream in next six months. Also plans to develop new hotels in Coimbatore and Bangalore.

Location : Chennai, Tamil Nadu Budget : Rs. 68 crore www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

Hablis Hotels Pvt Ltd Peter, HR-Head, Mr. Rajesh Devarajan, MD 19 GST Road, Guindy, Chennai - 600032.

Tel : 044-22334000, Fax: 044-22334111, E-mail : hr@hablishotels.com

T

he Crystal Sarovar Premier project is coming up in Agra. This project comprises construction of luxury hotel with 140 keys. It would be operational by next year.

Location : Agra Uttar, Pradesh Sarovar Hotels & Resorts Anil Madhok, MD Rajesh Ranjan, Director-New Properties, Millennium, E -48/9, Okhla Phase II, New Delhi-110020, Tel: 011-26383851-5, Fax: 011-26383856, rajesh@sarovarhotels.com

S

arovar Portico hotel with 48 rooms is coming up at Bekal in Kerala. This property would include all modern facilities. This project is likely to complete by next year.

Location : Bekal, Kerala Sarovar Hotels & Resorts Anil Madhok, MD Rajesh Ranjan, Director-New Properties, Millennium, E -48/9, Okhla Phase II, New Delhi-110020, Tel: 011-26383851-5, Fax: 011-26383856, rajesh@sarovarhotels.com

S

arovar Portico with 60-rooms is coming up at Ajmer. It will be ready by 2015.

Location : Ajmer, Rajasthan Sarovar Hotels & Resorts Anil Madhok, MD Rajesh Ranjan, Director-New Properties, Millennium, E -48/9, Okhla Phase II, New Delhi-110020, Tel: 011-26383851-5, Fax: 011-26383856, rajesh@sarovarhotels.com

www.engrreview.com

HOUSING

P

lans construction of 16 nos MIG and 39 nos Jr. MIG under Atal Vihar Yojna at Mainpuri, Kawardha district Kabirdham. The construction is likely to start after 3 months. Completion period: 24 months.

Location : Kabirdham District, Chhattisgarh Budget : Rs. 5.62 crore Chhattisgarh Housing Board B B Singh, Executive Engineer, Rajnandgaon, Chhattisgarh.

Tel : 07744-222365, M: 9424209032

P

lans construction of 13 row houses under MIG-3 on survey no. 86/1, 87 at Mouze Badnera. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months. Completion period: 12 months.

Location : Amravati, District Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 1.57 crore Amravati Housing and Area Development Board J D Rajput, Executive Engineer, Griha Nirman Bhavan, Tope Nagar, Amravati, Maharashtra.

Tel : 0721-2662887, Fax : 0721- 2663208, M: 9527408651.

P

lans construction of LIG 124 nos Zone 4 at Suwana Sch, Bhilwara. The work is likely to start in a month.

Completion period: 365 days.

Location : Bhilwara, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 6.82 crore â&#x20AC;&#x153;Rajasthan Housing Boardâ&#x20AC;?

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

229

PROJECT UPDATE

D K Mathur, Additonal Chief Engineer, Jyoti Nagar Jaipur, Rajasthan.

Tel : 0141-2740581, 2740812, M: 9828109474, E-mail: ace3@rsb.mail.in.

P

lans construction of EWS 159 nos, zone 1 houses at Suwana Schin Bhilwara. The work is likely to start in a month. Completion period: 365 days.

Location : Bhilwara, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 6.15 crore “Rajasthan Housing Board” D K Mathur, Additonal Chief Engineer, Jyoti Nagar Jaipur, Rajasthan.

Tel : 0141-2740581, 2740812, M: 9828109474, E-mail: ace3@rsb.mail.in.

P

lans construction of dwelling units in Bihar under integrated housing and slum development programme of Govt. of India. Bids were recently invited. The work is likely to start after August 2013. Completion period: 18 months.

Location :Bihar Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development Corporation Ltd. Anupam K Suman, Managing Director, Satyendra Kumar Singh, Project Director, 303, 3rd Floor, Marya Tower, Maurya Lok Complex, Budh Marg, Patna- 800 001, Bihar.

Tel: 0612-2210101, 02, Fax: 0612-2210103, M: 9431023476, E-mail: sks.buidco@gmail.com md@buidco.in

P

lans construction of LIG 28 nos houses at Sagwara in Dungarpur District. The work is likely to start in 2 months and complete in a year.

Location :Dungarpur, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 1.90 crore Rajasthan Housing Board KC Jain, Executive Engineer, RHB, Divisional Ofϔice, Shivaji Nagar, Dungarpur, Rajasthan.

Tel : 0296- 4232288, 0141-2740581

230

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

REAL ESTATE

G

PL subsidiary - Wonder Space Properties Pvt Ltd (WSPPL) has signed a development agreement with Southend Infrastructure Pvt Ltd for the development of plot of land admeasuring 5.1588 acre (approx 20,877 sq mtr) bearing Plot No. B-319, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase1, New Delhi to be developed by WSPPL as a Residential Project.

Location : New Delhi, Delhi Godrej Properties Ltd Alok Singh, Sr Executive (Marketing), 4th Floor, Godrej Bhavan 4A, Home Street, Fort, Mumbai - 400001.

Tel : 022-66510200, Fax: 022-22072044, Pirojsha Godrej, MD & CEO)

W

ave City Center is coming up at Noida spread across 152 acre. The contract is given to Larsen & Toubro (L&T) for construction of residential towers in Wave City Center in �irst phase. The construction work will start soon and targeted to complete by 2016.

Location : Noida, Uttar Pradesh Budget : Rs. 900 crore Wave Infratech Pvt Ltd Naresh Kapoor, GM (Projects), C-1, Sector-3, Noida, Uttar Pradesh – 201301.

Tel : 0120-4180500, E-mail: naresh.kapoor@waveinfratech.com

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

S

etting up a mixed use real estate project complex in Hyderabad. The project comprises G�13 �loor facility with over 1 million sq ft of development. The project would be completed by December 2013.

Location : Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh Budget : Rs. 200 crore Terminus Infrastructure India Pvt Ltd. S P Reddy, Manohar Reddy, Director, Adjacent to Lumbini SLN Springs and Botanical Gardens Gachibowli, Kondapur Road, Hyderabad - 500032.

Tel : 040-64564155, 23311224

T

he realty �irm is developing a commercial project ‘CHD Sky One’ in Gurgaon. The total commercial space available in the tower is 1 lakh sq ft. Out of this 30,000 sq ft will be dedicated to CHD Group of�ices and the �0,000 sq ft would be leased to others.

Location : Gurgaon, Haryana Budget : Rs. 150 crore CHD Developers Ltd. Ravi Saund, COO Shalini Jha, AGM-Marketing, SF-16-17, 1st Floor, Madame Bhikaji Cama Bhawan, 11, Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi - 110066, Tel : 011-40100100, Fax : 011-40100190, E-mail: Shalini.jha@chddevelopers.com

N

itesh British Columbia - mid income housing project is coming up at Bangalore. The project comprises 500 apartments of 2-3 BHK ranging from a large 900 sqft up to 1,800 sqft.

Location : Bangalore, Karnataka Budget : Rs.300 crore Nitesh Estates Ltd. Mr. Nitesh Shetty, Founder & MD Madhvi Gajraj, Head-Marketing, Nitesh Timesquare, Level 7, #8 MG Road,Bangalore - 560001, Karnataka, Tel : 080-40174000, E-mail: madhvi.gajraj@niteshestates.com

www.engrreview.com

RENEWABLE ENERGY

P

lans to set up 62 MW hydel power plant at the KoelKaro basin of Torpa block in Khunti district. Jharkhand Renewable Energy Development Agency (JREDA) will prepare detailed project report in this regard.

Location : Khunti, District Jharkhand Govt of Jharkhand, Energy Department Vimal Kirti Singh, IAS, Principal Secretary, Nepal House, Ranchi, Jharkhand.

Tel : 0651-2490053, Fax : 0651-2491002, M: 9955554115

P

lans to set up the third wind power plant in its own mined out area of Panchpatmali bauxite deposit at Koraput in Orissa.

Location : Koraput, Orissa National Aluminium Company Ltd. Ansuman Das, CMD Harishchandra Pradhan, General Manager-CC, Nalco Bhawan, P/1, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar-751061.

Tel : 0674-2300680, 2301988 to 2301999, Fax : 0674-2300521/2300580, E-mail: hcpradhan@nalcoindia.com

P

lans to set up 20 MW solar power plant in Punjab. �ocation not yet �inalised. The work will start in two months.

Location : Punjab Solairedirect Energy India Pvt Ltd. Gaurav Sood, MD

ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

231

PROJECT UPDATE

Sumit Jajodia, Project Manager, Ofϔice No# 203, 2nd Floor, Pentagon P3, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411013, Maharashtra.

Tel : 020–66864700, E-mail: contactindia@solairedirect.in

Building, 4 Parliament Street, New Delhi-110001.

Tel : 011-66034600, Fax : 011-66273091, E-mail: soni_shrivastav@welspun. com

A

unit of Paris-based Solairedirect Group unveiled its 5.6 MW solar park project under Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM) at Phalodi in Rajasthan.

Location : Phalodi, Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 50 crore Solairedirect Energy India Pvt Ltd. Gaurav Sood, MD Sumit Jajodia, Project Manager, Ofϔice No# 203, 2nd Floor, Pentagon P3, Magarpatta City, Hadapsar, Pune - 411013, Maharashtra.

Tel: 020–66864700, E-mail: contactindia@solairedirect.in

T

he company has set up its 2nd wind power plant with capacity of 47.6 MW at Ludarva in Jaisalmer. Gamesa Wind Turbines Pvt Ltd is executing this project which involves erection of 56 Wind Turbines, each of 850 KW rating. The completion is targeted by August 2013.

Location :Jaisalmer, District Rajasthan Budget : Rs. 283 crore National Aluminium Company Ltd. Ansuman Das, CMD Harishchandra Pradhan, General Manager-CC, Nalco Bhawan, P/1, Nayapalli, Bhubaneswar-751061.

Tel : 0674-2300680, 2301988 to 2301999, Fax : 0674-2300521, 2300580, E-mail: hcpradhan@nalcoindia.com

W

elspun Energy subsidiary is setting up 20 MW solar power project in Solapur. The �inancial closure has been achieved recently.

Location : Solapur, Maharashtra Budget : Rs. 185 crore Welspun Energy Maharashtra Pvt Ltd (WEMPL) Vineet Mittal, Co-founder & MD Soni Shrivastav, Media Manager, 3rd Floor, The Press Trust of India

232

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

ROADS / HIGHWAYS / BRIDGES

P

lans to take up construction of 9.33 km stretch forming eastern alignment of the Outer Ring Road (ORR) project. The project has been approved by the government and the process to issue tender is on. The groundwork will be taken up shortly.

Location : Mysore, Karnataka Budget : Rs. 54 crore Mysore Urban Development Authority CG Betsurmath, Commissioner Shiv Kumar, Superintendent Engineer, J L B Road, Mysore-570001.

Tel : 0821-2420624, Fax : 0821-2426360

P

lans development of Rewa Sidhi (NH - 75 -E) road on BOT basis.

Location :Rewa, Madhya Pradesh Budget : Rs. 6.27 crore Madhya Pradesh Road Development Corporation Ltd Anil Chansoria, Chief Engineer, 16-A, Arera Hills, Bhopal - 462011, Madhya Pradesh.

Tel : 0755- 2765205, 2765213, Fax : 0755-2572643, M: 9425600338.

www.engrreview.com

PROJECT UPDATE

P

lans improvement to riding quality from Km 108.00 to 113.00 (3.50 km) and km 125.00 to km 129.00 (2.50 km) of NH- 223 (old)/NH-4 (New) under CD-I, APWD, Rangat. The work is likely to start in a month. Completion period: 10 months.

Location : Rangat, Andaman and Nicobar Islands Budget : Rs. 3.18 crore Andaman Public Works Department Jatin Majhi, Executive Engineer, Construction Division I, APWD, Rangat, Middle Andaman- 744205, Tel : 03192- 274230, 274237, M: 9434267083.

P

lans improvement to riding quality from km 175.00 to 177.50 (2.50 km) and km 178.00 to km 185.50 (5.00 km) of NH- 223 (old)/NH-4 (New) under CD-I, APWD, Rangat. The work is likely to start in a month. Completion period: 10 months.

Location : Rangat, Andaman and Nicobar Islands Budget : Rs. 4.11 crore Andaman Public Works Department Jatin Majhi, Executive Engineer, Construction Division I, APWD, Rangat, Middle Andaman- 744205, Tel : 03192- 274230, 274237, M: 9434267083.

Govt of Haryana, Public Works Department Mr. Sandeep Goyal, Executive Engineer, Haryana PWD, B & R, Dakshin Marg, Nirman Sadan,Plot no -1, Sector 33- A, Chandigarh, Haryana.

Tel : 01282-251267, M: 9417200394, E-mail: pwd-eepd-narnaul@hry.nic.in, pwd-eecdnhpanchkula@hry.nic.in

P

lans to award contract for special repair of Narnaul Singhana road km 106 10 to 122.45 (SH - 26) in Mohindergarh district. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months. Completion period: 6 months.

Location : Mohindergarh District, Haryana Budget : Rs. 9.47 crore Govt of Haryana, Public Works Department Mr. Sandeep Goyal, Executive Engineer, Haryana PWD, B & R, Dakshin Marg, Nirman Sadan,Plot no -1, Sector 33- A, Chandigarh, Haryana.

Tel : 01282-251267, M: 9417200394, E-mail: pwd-eepd-narnaul@hry.nic.in, pwd-eecdnhpanchkula@hry.nic.in

P

idening to two lane and strengthening from km.

91.00 to 105.00 of NH-30 including widening of bridges and culverts covering length of 14.00 km of Jagdalpur-Konta road. The work is likely to start after September 2013. Completion period: 12 months.

Location : Jagdalpur, Chhattisgarh Budget : Rs. 21.47 crore Govt of Chhattisgarh, Public Works Department D K Agarwal, Chief Engineer, National Highway Raipur, Pension Bada, Raipur, Chhattisgarh.

Tel: 0771- 2425035, M: 9425229555, E-mail: cenhr@rediffmail.com.

lans to award contract for special repair to Rewari Narnaul road from km 81.24 to 105.63 in Mohindergarh district. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months. Completion period: 6 months Mohindergarh District Location : Haryana Budget : Rs. 7.17 crore Govt of Haryana, Public Works Department Mr. Sandeep Goyal, Executive Engineer, Haryana PWD, B & R, Dakshin Marg, Nirman Sadan,Plot no -1, Sector 33- A, Chandigarh, Haryana.

Tel: 01282-251267, M: 9417200394, E-mail: pwd-eepd-narnaul@hry.nic.in, pwd-eecdnhpanchkula@hry.nic.in

P

P

W

lans to award contract for special repair of NizampurNarnaul road Km. 0 to 13.88 (SH-17) in Mohindergarh District (road ID 2620). The work is likely to start in 2-3 months.

Location : Mohindergarh, District Haryana Budget : Rs. 11.77 crore www.engrreview.com

lans to award contract for special repair to Nizampur Narnaul road km 0 to 13.88 in Mohindergarh district.

Completion period: 6 months.

Location : Mohindergarh, Haryana Budget : Rs. 11.77 crore Govt of Haryana, Public Works Department ENGINEERING REVIEW | JULY 2013 |

233

PROJECT UPDATE

Mr. Sandeep Goyal, Executive Engineer, Haryana PWD, B & R, Dakshin Marg, Nirman Sadan,Plot no -1, Sector 33- A, Chandigarh, Haryana.

Tel : 01282-251267, M: 9417200394, E-mail: pwd-eepd-narnaul@hry.nic.in,

P

lans improvements and widening to four lane from Hospet-Bellary road to Anathashyayana Gudi link road from km 0.00 to 1.30 in Hospet taluk. The work is likely to start in 2-3 months after the bids are �inalised.

Location : Bellary, Karnataka Budget : Rs. 2.89 crore Karnataka Public Works Department Mr. B Ravi Kumar, Executive Engineer, PWD, Fort, Bellary-583101,Karnataka.

Tel : 08392-266123, E-mail: ee_pwdbellary@yahoo.com, M: 9448540506

SPORTS INFRASTRUCTURE

P

lans construction of multi-purpose indoor hall at Sports Complex, Chaudi, Canacona South, Goa. The Ministry has approved the project under Urban Sports Infrastructure Scheme (USIS).

Location : Canacona, Goa Budget : Rs. 6.25 crore Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports, Govt. of India Anil Kumar Singh, OSD,

234

| JULY 2013 | ENGINEERING REVIEW

Room No. 411, C-Wing, Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi - 110001.

Tel : 011-23381185, E-mail: anilkumarsingh@yahoo.com

P

lans construction of multi-purpose indoor hall at Leh, Ladakh, Jammu & Kashmir. The Ministry has approved this project under Urban Sports Infrastructure Scheme (USIS).

Location : Ladakh, Jammu and Kashmir Budget : Rs. 7.98 crore Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports, Govt. of India Anil Kumar Singh, OSD, Room No.411, C-Wing, Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi - 110001.

Tel : 011-23381185, E-mail: anilkumarsingh@yahoo.com

P

lans construction of synthetic athletic track at University of Calicut, Malapuram, Kerala. The Ministry has approved this project under Urban Sports Infrastructure Scheme (USIS).

Location : Malapuram, Kerala Budget : Rs. 7.20 crore Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports, Govt. of India Anil Kumar Singh, OSD, Room No.411, C-Wing, Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi - 110001.

Tel : 011-23381185, E-mail: anilkumarsingh@yahoo.com

P

lans construction of multi-purpose Indoor hall at Sazaikawn, Lunglei District, Mizoram. The ministry has approved this project under Urban Sports Infrastructure Scheme (USIS).

Location : Lunglei, Mizoram Budget : Rs. 6 crore Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports, Govt. of India Anil Kumar Singh, OSD, Room No. 411, C-Wing, Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi - 110001.

Tel : 011-23381185, E-mail: anilkumarsingh@yahoo.com

www.engrreview.com

ADVERTISERS INDEX COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

A

COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

FLIR SYSTEMS INDIA PVT. LTD.

15 67

A.C. AUTOMATION

153

FLUKE INDIA

ALLIED POWER SOLUTIONS

117

G

ATLAS COPCO COMPRESSOR TECHNIQUE

29

GANDHI AUTOMATIONS PVT. LTD.

5

AUTOMATION INDIA WELDING TECHNOLOGY (P) LTD.

235

GEISSEL INDIA PVT. LTD.

91

GEM TELERGON SWITCHGEARS PVT. LTD.

99

B BAJAJ ELECTRICALS LTD.

BACK PAGE

GOLIYA INSTRUMENTS PVT. LTD.

197

BHAWAL STEEL AGENCY

223

GUNNEBO INDIA PVT. LTD.

38

BOGE COMPRESSORS (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

37

GUPTA POWER INFRASTRUCTURE LTD

17

H

C C & S ELECTRIC LIMITED

21

CHHATARIYA RUBBER & CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

182

COGNEX SENSORS INDIA PVT. LTD.

19

CONNECTWELL INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

45

CONTROLWELL INDIA PVT. LTD.

47

CST SENSORS INDIA PVT.LTD.

FRONT GATEFOLD

CWIEME 2013

150

D DOWEL ENGINEERING WORKS

183

DYNAMIC STEEL (INDIA)

217

HAAS AUTOMATION INDIA PVT. LTD.

FALSE COVER & BOOKMARK

HANNOVER MILANO FAIRS

142

HARTING (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

97

HEAVY METAL PIPECENTRE

211

HENSEL ELECTRIC INDIA (P) LTD.

76-77

HI TECH INTERNATIONAL

140-141

HPL ELECTRIC & POWER PVT. LTD.

69

HRS PROCESS SYSTEMS LTD.

61

HYUNDAI WIA

31

I

E

IGUS (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

87

INDIA COMPOSITES SHOW 2013

216

INDIA NUCLEAR ENERGY SUMMIT 2013

186

INSIDE FRONT COVER II

INDIA TOOLS & INSTRUMENTS CO.

189 & 191

ELECTROMECH - TORQK

95

INDUCTOTHERM GROUP

73

ELECTRONICS DEVICES

129

IPTEX 2014

184

ENGIMACH 2013

144

IPVS - 2013

146

EPCOS INDIA PVT. LTD.

121

J

ERWIN JUNKER MASCHINENFABRIK GMBH

93

JAGDISH ENGINEERING WORKS

238

ESSENTIAL POWER TRANSMISSION PVT. LTD.

125

JAY STEEL CORPORATION

213

EVEREST BLOWERS

151

JYOTI CERAMIC INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

3

EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD.

89

JYOTI CNC AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

IBC

E4 EVENTS

56

ELECON MEASUREMENTS PVT. LTD.

101

ELECRAMA 2014

F FLEXLINK SYSTEMS INDIA

K 7

KNOWELL INTERNATIONAL PVT. LTD. ENGINEERING REVIEW |

240

| July 2013

171

ADVERTISERS INDEX COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

COMPANY NAME

PG. NO.

KUEBLER AUTOMATION INDIA PVT. LTD.

49

RENISHAW INDIA

53

KUMBHOJKAR PLASTIC MOULDERS

237

RITTAL INDIA - EPLAN DIVISION

INNER GATEFOLD

KUSAM ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES LTD.

147 & 149

RR KABEL LIMITED

20

RUDRA IMPEX CORPORATION

175

L LAPP INDIA PVT. LTD.

26-27

LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED

39

LENZE MECHATRONICS PVT. LTD.

152

S

M MECO METERS PVT. LTD.

33 & 35

METALLIZING EQUIPMENT CO. PVT. LTD.

180

MGM-VARVEL POWER TRANSMISSION PVT LTD

55

MICROSCAN

51

MIFA SYSTEMS

185

MONIBA ANAND ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD.

237

N

SAFEXPRESS PVT. LTD.

13

SCRUM SYSTEM

179 & 181

SHREE NM ELECTRICALS LTD.

111

SHREE SIDDHIVINAYAK INDUSTRIES

212

SIDDHAPURA MACHINE TOOLS

10

SIEMENS

INSIDE FRONT COVER

SMALLEY STEEL RING COMPANY

103

SOFTCORE SOLUTIONS

154

SPRAYMET SURFACE TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD.

153

SRI VISHNU PUMP MFG. CO.

212

SUMITRON EXPORTS PVT. LTD.

57, 139, 143 & 145

NEPTUNE (INDIA) LTD.

59

NEWAGE FIRE PROTECTION INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

218

SUPERTECH INSTRUMENTATION SERVICES (I) PVT. LTD.

43

NORD DRIVESYSTEMS PVT. LTD.

63

SUPREME & CO. PVT. LTD.

23

SURAJ LIMITED

65

O OMRON AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

9

T

P

TECHNO PRODUCTS DEVELOPMENT PVT. LTD.

84-85

PAARTH VALVES PVT. LTD.

148

TESTO INDIA PVT. LTD.

79

PARAGDEEP METALS

212

THE MOTWANE MANUFACTURING CO. PVT. LTD.

242

PC|SCHEMATIC

137

THERMO-TECH INDUSTRIES

237

PELICAN PRODUCTS AND SERVICES INDIA PVT. LTD.

74

TINITA ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.

215

PETHE INDUSTRIAL MARKETING COMPANY PVT. LTD.

175

U

PMRO SUMMIT 2013

236

UNILINE ENERGY SYSTEMS (PVT) LTD.

POWERCONNECT (INDIA)

40-41

W

PROCON TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD.

238

WMI KONECRANES INDIA LTD.

131

81

X

R RADIX ELECTROSYSTEMS PVT. LTD.

11

XYLEM INDIA

RAJDEEP AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.

239

Z

RED LION CONTROLS INC.

57 & 139

ZICOM ELECTRONIC SECURITY SYSTEMS LTD.

ENGINEERING REVIEW |

241

| July 2013

1

113

Lighting up India's path to progress.

Street Lighting, Delhi.

Rural Electrification Power Distribution

Sahar International Airport, Mumbai

TLT - Power Transmission

GMC Balayogi Stadium, Hyderabad

Monument Lighting, Ajanta Caves (Fibre Optic Lighting)

Power Station Lighting

In nearly three decades, Bajaj Electricals has lit up critical highways, arterial roads and approaches to special events. These include the landmark Bandra-Worli Sea Link and the glittering Queen's Necklace in Mumbai; street lighting for the 2010 Delhi Commonwealth Games; besides innumerable thoroughfares in India's biggest cities. The company now also offers a variety of street furniture options including Polygonal and CI/CA poles and gantries for signage. One way or the other, we're lighting up Indiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s path to progress.

Bajaj Electricals. Proudly Empowering India.

For enquiries contact: Bajaj Electricals Ltd., Engineering & Projects BU. 801, 10th Floor, Rustomjee Aspiree, Bhanu Shankar Yagnik Marg, Off Eastern Express Highway, Sion (East), Mumbai 400 022. Tel: 022 2406 4000.

E-mail: epd@bajajelectricals.com. Website: www.bajajelectricals.com

An Engineering & Projects BU Initiative.